[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025236212A1 - Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium - Google Patents

Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium

Info

Publication number
WO2025236212A1
WO2025236212A1 PCT/CN2024/093458 CN2024093458W WO2025236212A1 WO 2025236212 A1 WO2025236212 A1 WO 2025236212A1 CN 2024093458 W CN2024093458 W CN 2024093458W WO 2025236212 A1 WO2025236212 A1 WO 2025236212A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency resources
frequency
determination condition
frequency resource
rlf
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/093458
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
冷冰雪
卢前溪
于新磊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Original Assignee
Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd filed Critical Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2024/093458 priority Critical patent/WO2025236212A1/en
Publication of WO2025236212A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025236212A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, specifically to a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium.
  • radio link monitoring aimed at detecting radio link failures (RLF) is performed on the primary cell (PCell) or the primary secondary cell (PSCell). If an RLF occurs in a PCell or PSCell, the cell group to which the PCell or PSCell belongs is considered to have experienced an RLF. This method creates a strong binding relationship between RLF detection results between cells within the same cell group, hindering flexible radio link monitoring.
  • This application provides a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium.
  • embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring method applied to a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, wherein the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device; and receiving the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF wireless link failure
  • embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring method applied to a network device.
  • the method includes: sending first configuration information and second configuration information to a terminal device, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, wherein the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device; and sending the one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF wireless link failure
  • a wireless link monitoring device comprising: a first communication unit configured to receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information being used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, the second configuration information being used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, the multiple frequency resources being used for communication between the device and the network device; the first communication unit is further configured to receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF wireless link failure
  • a wireless link monitoring device comprising: a second communication unit configured to send first configuration information and second configuration information to a terminal device, the first configuration information being used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, the second configuration information being used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, the multiple frequency resources being used for communication between the terminal device and the device; the second communication unit is further configured to send the one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF wireless link failure
  • embodiments of this application provide a communication device, including: a memory for storing a computer program; a processor connected to the memory for calling and running the computer program from the memory to implement the method described in the first or second aspect; and a transceiver for receiving and sending information during the process of sending and receiving information with other devices.
  • the chip includes: a processor for retrieving and running a computer program from a memory, causing a device on which the chip is installed to perform the method described in the first or second aspect; and a transceiver for receiving and sending information during the exchange of information with the device or the chip.
  • embodiments of this application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that causes a computer to perform the methods described in the first or second aspect.
  • the terminal device can receive first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device, wherein the first configuration information is used for configuration.
  • the method sets the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources.
  • Second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with these multiple frequency resources, which are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device can receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at this time-frequency domain position.
  • the reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions can be used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF (Remote Link Failure).
  • the first frequency resource is included among the multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signals associated with that frequency resource and the determination conditions. This allows for flexible determination of whether a specific frequency resource has experienced an RLF, thereby achieving more flexible wireless link monitoring.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible implementation flow of the wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application;
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of the chip according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120.
  • the network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 110 via an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • TDD LTE Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT Narrow Band Internet of Things
  • eMTC enhanced Machine-Type Communications
  • 5G communication system also known as New Radio (NR) communication system
  • 6G communication system or future communication systems, etc.
  • network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with terminal device 110.
  • the access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal device 110 (e.g., UE) located within that coverage area.
  • terminal device 110 e.g., UE
  • Network device 120 may be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, a base station (gNB) in an NR system, a base station in a 6G system, a radio controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, hub, switch, bridge, router, or network device in a future evolved Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN), etc.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • NG RAN Next Generation Radio Access Network
  • gNB base station
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • Terminal device 110 can be any terminal device, including but not limited to terminal devices that are connected to network device 120 or other terminal devices via wired or wireless connections.
  • the terminal device 110 can refer to an access terminal, user equipment (UE), user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the access terminal can be a cellular phone, cordless phone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, IoT device, satellite handheld terminal, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device, terminal device in a 5G network, terminal device in a 6G network, or terminal device in a future evolved network. wait.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • Terminal device 110 can be used for device-to-device (D2D) communication.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the communication system 100 may further include a core network device 130 that communicates with the network device 120.
  • This core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, such as an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), an Authentication Server Function (AUSF), a User Plane Function (UPF), or a Session Management Function (SMF).
  • the core network device 130 may also be an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device for an LTE network, such as a Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway (SMF+PGW-C) device.
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • SMF+PGW-C Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway
  • SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously implement the functions of both SMF and PGW-C.
  • the aforementioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or new network entities may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network. This application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the various functional units in the communication system 100 can also communicate with each other through a next-generation (NG) interface.
  • NG next-generation
  • terminal devices establish air interface connections with access network devices through the NR interface for transmitting user plane data and control plane signaling; terminal devices can establish control plane signaling connections with the AMF through NG interface 1 (N1); access network devices, such as next-generation radio access base stations (gNB), can establish user plane data connections with the UPF through NG interface 3 (N3); access network devices can establish control plane signaling connections with the AMF through NG interface 2 (N2); the UPF can establish control plane signaling connections with the SMF through NG interface 4 (N4); the UPF can interact with the data network for user plane data through NG interface 6 (N6); the AMF can establish control plane signaling connections with the SMF through NG interface 11 (N11); and the SMF can establish control plane signaling connections with the PCF through NG interface 7 (N7).
  • N1 next-generation radio access base stations
  • gNB next-generation radio access base stations
  • N3 next-generation radio access base stations
  • access network devices can establish control plane signaling connections with the AMF through NG interface
  • Figure 1 exemplarily illustrates a network device, a core network device, and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices within its coverage area. This application embodiment does not limit this.
  • Figure 1 is merely an example illustrating the system to which this application applies.
  • the method shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably in this document.
  • the term “and/or” in this document merely describes the relationship between related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist.
  • a and/or B can represent: A existing alone, A and B existing simultaneously, or B existing alone.
  • the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the preceding and following related objects have an "or” relationship.
  • "instruction” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an indication of a related relationship.
  • a instructing B can mean that A directly instructs B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly instructs B, for example, A instructs C, B can be obtained through C; or it can mean that there is a related relationship between A and B.
  • "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can indicate a direct or indirect correspondence between two things, or an related relationship between two things, or a relationship of instruction and being instructed, configuration and being configured, etc.
  • predefined or “predefined rules” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (e.g., including terminal devices and network devices), and this application does not limit the specific implementation method.
  • predefined can refer to those defined in a protocol.
  • protocol can refer to standard protocols in the field of communication, such as LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this.
  • RLM is the process by which a UE monitors the downlink radio link quality of the primary cell during RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED).
  • the reference signal (RLM-RS) used for RLM is configured via the higher-layer signaling RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • RLM-RS RadioLinkMonitoringRS
  • An RLM-RS configuration includes either a resource index for a CSI-RS or an index for an SSB.
  • the network can configure multiple RLM-RS for a UE on each Band Width Part (BWP).
  • BWP Band Width Part
  • the maximum number of configurable RLM-RS depends on the frequency range: 2 below 3 GHz; 4 between 3 GHz and 6 GHz; and 8 above 6 GHz.
  • the RLM-RS measurements are used to evaluate the block error rate (BLER) of the hypothetical Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH).
  • BLER block error rate
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the network configures one or more SSB indices as RLM-RS for the UE. Due to multi-beam transmission in NR, the network... When configuring RLM-RS, multiple SSBs need to be configured as RLM-RS according to the beam serving the UE over a period of time. These SSBs are used to measure the signal quality of the SSBs and determine the synchronization/out-of-synchronization (IS/OOS) status.
  • IS/OOS synchronization/out-of-synchronization
  • the network can more flexibly configure RLM-RS resources for a specific UE.
  • the network can also configure one or more CSI-RS resource indices as RLM-RS for a UE, and it also supports channel quality measurement for multi-beam transmission.
  • the configuration of CSI-RS resources can better match the PDCCH evaluated by RLM in both the spatial and frequency domains.
  • the configuration of CSI-RS resources for RLM has certain limitations, including a cdm-type of "noCDM", a resource density of only 1 or 3, and a single antenna port.
  • the UE is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS, but it is configured with Transmission Configuration Indicator (TCI) states for PDCCH reception.
  • TCI states contain one or more CSI-RS.
  • the active TCI state for PDCCH reception contains only one CSI-RS, the UE uses that CSI-RS as the RLM-RS.
  • the active TCI state for PDCCH reception contains two CSI-RS, the UE uses the CSI-RS whose Quasi Co-Location (QCL) information is configured as QCL-Type D as the RLM-RS.
  • QCL Quasi Co-Location
  • the UE does not expect both CSI-RS to have their QCL relationship configured as QCL-Type D; the UE does not use CSI-RS configured as aperiodic or semi-persistent as RLM-RS.
  • the UE When a UE's serving cell is configured with multiple downlink BWPs, the UE only uses the RLM-RS configured on the active BWP to perform RLM measurements; or when no RLM-RS is configured on the active BWP, the UE uses the CSI-RS corresponding to the active TCI state of the control resource set (CORESET) used for PDCCH reception on the active BWP as the RLM-RS for RLM measurements, following the method described above.
  • CORESET control resource set
  • the UE After configuring RLM-RS, the UE measures the RLM-RS and compares the measurement results with the IS/OOS threshold to obtain the IS/OOS status of the radio link. The UE periodically reports the IS/OOS status assessment results to higher layers. If the measurement result of any of the configured RLM-RS is higher than the IS threshold, the physical layer reports the IS status to higher layers; if the measurement results of all configured RLM-RS are lower than the OOS threshold, the physical layer reports the OOS status to higher layers. It can be seen that the reporting of the IS/OOS status is not based on the number of beams within the cell, i.e., the number of configured RLM-RS.
  • the IS/OOS status reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of all configured RLM-RS resources and 10ms. In DRX mode, the IS/OOS status reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of all configured RLM-RS resources and the DRX period.
  • the IS/OOS thresholds in NR's RLM are also determined based on the hypothetical PDCCH BLER.
  • the difference is that NR supports two sets of hypothetical PDCCH BLERs.
  • the first set of thresholds is consistent with LTE: the IS threshold corresponds to a hypothetical PDCCH BLER of 2%, and the OOS threshold corresponds to a hypothetical PDCCH BLER of 10%.
  • the purpose of introducing the other set of thresholds is to provide a higher hypothetical PDCCH BLER, which helps maintain the wireless link connection even in locations with poor wireless signal, avoiding connection failures caused by wireless link failures, thus contributing to the continuity of services such as VoIP.
  • the signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) value corresponding to the BLER threshold of IS/OOS is not directly defined in the NR standard.
  • SINR signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio
  • the configuration related to the RLM RS is configured by radioLinkMonitoringConfig, which is carried in the downlink BWP configuration. That is, the configuration granularity is per-DL BWP, or per-DL BWP.
  • This configuration includes the configuration of the reference signal, the type of the reference signal, and the purpose of the RLM.
  • the purpose of the RLM may include Radio Link Failure (RLF) detection and Beam Failure (BF) detection. This application primarily focuses on RLM for the purpose of RLF detection.
  • RLF Radio Link Failure
  • BF Beam Failure
  • the RLF detection conditions are configured by rlf-TimersAndConstants and rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold, which are configured in SpCellconfig.
  • the configuration granularity is per-SpCell.
  • BWP Bandwidth-based Windowing
  • All terminal transmit and receive operations can be performed within this smaller bandwidth, thereby enabling more flexible, efficient, and power-efficient terminal operations in the high-bandwidth 5G system.
  • LTE's maximum single-carrier system bandwidth is 20MHz, and the terminal's single-carrier bandwidth capability is also 20MHz, so there is no situation where the terminal's capability is less than the cell system bandwidth.
  • the maximum carrier bandwidth will be significantly increased (e.g., 400MHz), while the increase in terminal bandwidth capability is significantly less than that on the network side (e.g., 100MHz).
  • the terminal does not always need to operate at its maximum bandwidth capability.
  • the terminal can operate within a smaller bandwidth (i.e., BWP).
  • a BWP is a carrier-specific concept, and the configuration and activation/deactivation of the carrier are designed separately from those of the BWP.
  • Carrier activation still uses the traditional method: one BWP can be activated within each active carrier; that is, the carrier must be activated first before the BWP within that carrier can be activated. If a carrier is deactivated, the active BWP within that carrier is also deactivated simultaneously.
  • BWP features include:
  • gNB can be semi-statically configured to one or more BWPs for UE, which are divided into uplink BWP and downlink BWP.
  • the BWP bandwidth is equal to or less than the terminal's RF bandwidth capability, but greater than the bandwidth of the SS/PBCH block (synchronization signal block, which includes SS (synchronization signal) and PBCH (broadcast channel)).
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal block, which includes SS (synchronization signal) and PBCH (broadcast channel)
  • Each BWP contains at least one CORESET.
  • BWP may or may not contain SS/PBCH blocks.
  • a BWP consists of a certain number of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) and is bound to a parameter set (including a subcarrier spacing and a cyclic prefix (CP)).
  • the configuration parameters of a BWP include bandwidth (such as the number of PRBs), frequency domain location (such as the center frequency), and parameter set (including subcarrier spacing and CP).
  • a terminal can only have one active BWP. Further research is needed on the case where multiple BWPs are active simultaneously.
  • the terminal only operates within the active BWP and does not transmit or receive signals in the frequency domain outside the active BWP.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • Release 16 introduced a fast recovery feature for the Master Cell Group (MCG).
  • MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • an indication is sent to the network via the SCG link, triggering the network to quickly restore the MCG link; otherwise, connection reconstruction is triggered.
  • RLF Recurrent Leaks
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • a message regarding the RLF is also reported via the MCG.
  • RLM for RLF detection is executed on PCell or PSCell, and the conditions related to RLF determination are also configured in PCell and PSCell. If an RLF occurs in Pcell or PSCell, it is assumed that an RLF has occurred in the cell group to which Pcell or PSCell belongs. This method results in a strong binding relationship between RLF detection results between cells in the same cell group, making it difficult to flexibly monitor radio links.
  • this application provides a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium.
  • a terminal device can receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain location of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources
  • the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources.
  • the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device can receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions can be used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF (Remote Link Fault), and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF Remote Link Fault
  • the terminal device can determine whether the frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and judgment conditions associated with the frequency resource, thereby flexibly determining whether a certain frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart illustrating the wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 2, the method may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources.
  • the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the network device can send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device can receive the first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device.
  • the first configuration information can be used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources
  • the second configuration information can be used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources.
  • the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are different among these multiple frequency resources.
  • each frequency resource can be associated with one or more reference signals.
  • the number of reference signals associated with a frequency resource can be related to one or more of the following: the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the frequency resource, and the sub-carrier space (SCS) configuration.
  • SCS sub-carrier space
  • each frequency resource can be associated with one or more judgment conditions.
  • the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same across these multiple frequency resources.
  • all frequency resources among these multiple frequency resources can be associated with the same set of reference signals, which may include one or more reference signals.
  • the number of reference signals included in this set may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency bands corresponding to the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the SCS configuration.
  • each frequency resource can be associated with one or more decision conditions.
  • the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same.
  • all frequency resources among these multiple frequency resources can be associated with the same set of reference signals, which may include one or more reference signals.
  • the number of reference signals included in this set may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency bands corresponding to the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the SCS configuration.
  • different frequency resources are associated with the same decision criteria across multiple frequency resources.
  • all frequency resources within these multiple frequency resources can be associated with one or more of the same decision criteria.
  • the multiple frequency resources may belong to the same frequency resource group, for example, referred to as the first frequency resource group.
  • the first configuration information can also be used to configure the index and/or type of one or more reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources.
  • the terminal device receives one or more reference signals (i.e., one or more reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources) from the network device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources.
  • one or more reference signals i.e., one or more reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources
  • the network device can send one or more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain location configured in the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device can receive one or more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources at the same time-frequency domain location.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions. In this way, it is possible to flexibly determine whether a frequency resource has experienced an RLF, thereby achieving more flexible wireless link monitoring.
  • the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which may include a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration.
  • the first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold and the number of times the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first time period are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced RLF.
  • the terminal device can measure a first reference signal. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on the first frequency resource.
  • the third threshold can be determined based on the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may represent, for example, the maximum tolerable error rate for data transmission
  • the third threshold may represent the signal strength determined based on the first threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the error rate of data transmission can be considered high, thus indicating a loss of synchronization.
  • a set of judgment results can be obtained.
  • This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource,” and/or a judgment result stating "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on the first frequency resource.” Further, within a first time period, if there are N consecutive judgment results in this set stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource," and N is greater than or equal to a second threshold, then it can be determined that an RLF (Restricted Step Failure) has occurred on the first frequency resource.
  • RLF Remote Step Failure
  • the scheme applicable to the first frequency resource can be applied to each of the plurality of frequency resources. That is, for each of the plurality of frequency resources, the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and determination conditions associated with each frequency resource, thereby flexibly determining whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.
  • the requirements for determining whether an RLF has occurred may also be different for different frequency resources.
  • different frequency resources may have different requirements for the first threshold and/or the second threshold. Therefore, configuring corresponding determination conditions for different frequency resources can more flexibly adapt to the different frequency resources' requirements for determining whether an RLF has occurred.
  • the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF by monitoring this same reference signal, without needing to monitor the corresponding reference signal for each frequency resource separately, thus saving overhead. For example, if the multiple frequency resources include frequency resource #1 and frequency resource #2, then since frequency resource #1 and frequency resource #2 are associated with the same reference signal, the terminal device can determine whether an RLF has occurred based on this reference signal and the determination criteria associated with frequency resource #1. Determine whether frequency resource #1 has experienced an RLF, and determine whether frequency resource #2 has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and the judgment conditions associated with frequency resource #2.
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following 11) to 15):
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, when the signal quality on the first frequency resource is poor, the first frequency resource is more likely to be determined to have an RLF, so that the network device can reconfigure the available frequency resources for the terminal device to ensure communication quality.
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined as experiencing RLF, which helps the terminal device to continuously receive signals on the first frequency resource.
  • the more reference signals associated with the first frequency resource the smaller the first threshold and/or second threshold can be configured (assuming a fixed first duration).
  • the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource can also be understood as the characteristics of the services supported by the first frequency resource.
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, when the signal quality on the first frequency resource is poor, the first frequency resource is more likely to be determined to have an RLF, so that the network device can configure the terminal device to reconfigure the available frequency resources to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined to have experienced an RLF, which helps to avoid the lack of other available frequency resources after the first frequency resource is determined to have experienced an RLF.
  • Access technologies may include, for example, Terrestrial Networks (TN) access technology, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) access technology, Sidelink (SL) access technology, NR access technology, and 6G access technology.
  • TN Terrestrial Networks
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • SL Sidelink
  • NR NR access technology
  • 6G 6G access technology.
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined to have an RLF, which is beneficial to enable the terminal device to continuously receive signals.
  • the number of first determination conditions can be one or more.
  • the parameters (such as a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration) included in different first determination conditions can be different or at least partially the same.
  • a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF, wherein the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device can determine a second determination condition from among the multiple first determination conditions based on first information and/or second information, as the determination condition for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource.
  • the network device can indicate a first determination condition to the terminal device through first information and/or second information, as the determination condition (i.e., the second determination condition) for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource.
  • the first information may include an identifier of a second determination condition, thereby enabling the terminal device to determine, based on the identifier of the second determination condition, that the determination condition used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF is the second determination condition.
  • the first information may be carried, for example, through a Media Access Control (MAC) control element (MAC CE) or downlink physical layer signals.
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control element
  • the second information may include one or more of the following 21) to 26):
  • the terminal device may know the determination condition for determining whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the identifier of the second determination condition, or the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above information 21) to 25).
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following:
  • the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second judgment condition.
  • the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition;
  • the access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource, the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource, the number of currently available frequency resources, one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource, and the content of the second information.
  • the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource and the frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions contained in the second information. For example, assuming that the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #1 is frequency range #1 and the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #2 is frequency range #2, then if the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within frequency range #1, the first determination condition #1 can be determined as the second determination condition (that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF); if the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within frequency range #2, the first determination condition #2 can be determined as the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF
  • the terminal device can use a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF.
  • the second determination condition is related to the characteristics of the first frequency resource (e.g., the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource, the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource, and one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource) and/or the number of currently available frequency resources.
  • the second determination condition can be better adapted to the characteristics of the first frequency resource and/or the current actual scenario.
  • the method may further include: when a first frequency resource experiences an RLF, the terminal device sends third information to the network device via a second frequency resource; correspondingly, the network device may receive the third information from the terminal device, the third information being used to indicate that the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.
  • the terminal device can send third information to the network device through a frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF (such as the second frequency resource) to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource.
  • the second frequency resource can be one of the multiple frequency resources that has not experienced an RLF, or it can be any frequency resource other than the multiple frequency resources that has not experienced an RLF.
  • the third information may be carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or MAC CE, which may be used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on one or more frequency resources (including the first frequency resource).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the third information can be carried via RRC signaling, which may carry the identifier/index of one or more frequency resources to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the one or more frequency resources.
  • third information can be carried through a MAC CE, which can indicate, for example, that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure).
  • the MAC CE includes bits corresponding to multiple frequency resources; if a bit corresponding to a frequency resource is a first value, it indicates that the frequency resource has experienced an RLF; if a bit corresponding to a frequency resource is not a first value, it indicates that the frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.
  • the method may further include: if a first frequency resource experiences an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure), and no available frequency resource exists (e.g., all frequency resources experience RLF), the terminal device may send fourth information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device may receive the fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Rate Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device.
  • RLF Current Frequency Failure
  • the terminal device may send fourth information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device may receive the fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Rate Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device.
  • RRC Current Rate Control
  • RLF detection can be performed relatively independently for different frequency resources. There is no binding relationship between the RLF detection results of each frequency resource. For example, when a certain frequency resource is determined to have an RLF, it will not cause other frequency resources to be determined to have an RLF, thus reducing the probability of triggering RRC connection reconstruction and causing service interruption.
  • the terminal device may determine that the first frequency resource is based on a reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and a determination condition. Whether an RLF occurs, the first frequency resource can be: a frequency resource indicated (configured) by the network device; or a frequency resource currently used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource used to transmit specific service data (e.g., a frequency resource used to transmit the highest priority service data); or a frequency resource used by default by the terminal device; or a frequency resource initially used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal (e.g., a frequency resource containing a first reference signal).
  • specific service data e.g., a frequency resource used to transmit the highest priority service data
  • a frequency resource used by default by the terminal device e.g., a frequency resource initially used by the terminal device
  • a frequency resource containing a reference signal e.g., a frequency resource containing a first reference signal
  • the reference signals and decision conditions associated with these multiple frequency resources can be used to determine whether an RLF (Recurrent Leakage) has occurred on these frequency resources. Since different frequency resources can be associated with the same reference signals and decision conditions, this helps to save overhead.
  • RLF Recurrent Leakage
  • the reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which may include a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration.
  • the first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources; the second threshold and the number of times the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources in a first time period are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.
  • the terminal device can measure a first reference signal. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources.
  • the third threshold can be determined based on the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may represent, for example, the maximum tolerable error rate for data transmission
  • the third threshold may represent the signal strength determined based on the first threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the data transmission error rate is considered high, thus indicating a loss of synchronization.
  • a set of judgment results can be obtained.
  • This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating that "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources," and/or a judgment result stating that "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources.” Further, within a first time period, if there are N consecutive judgment results in this set stating that "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources," and N is greater than or equal to a second threshold, then it can be determined that an RLF (Restricted Link Fault) has occurred on the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF Remote Link Fault
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following 31) to 35):
  • the first determination condition may be related to the frequency range corresponding to one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the frequency range corresponding to the frequency resource is high-frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed) to ensure communication quality; if the frequency range corresponding to the frequency resource is low-frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed) to enable the terminal device to continuously receive signals on the frequency resource as much as possible.
  • the first determination condition may be related to the frequency range corresponding to two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the frequency range corresponding to two or more frequency resources. For example, if the frequency range of most of the two or more frequency resources is high frequency, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed).
  • the more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources the smaller the first threshold and/or second threshold can be configured (assuming a fixed first duration).
  • the first determination criterion may be related to the characteristics of the service data transmitted on one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the service data transmitted on that frequency resource is high-priority and/or has high reliability requirements, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination criterion may be relatively small (given a fixed first duration) to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the first determination condition may be related to the characteristics of the service data transmitted on two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the characteristics of the service data transmitted on two or more frequency resources. For example, if the service data transmitted on most of the two or more frequency resources is high-priority and/or has high reliability requirements, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed) to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the multiple frequency resources are less likely to be determined to have experienced RLF, which helps to avoid the lack of other available frequency resources after the multiple frequency resources are determined to have experienced RLF.
  • the access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal equipment on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.
  • the first determination criterion may be related to the access technology used on one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the terminal device uses NTN access technology on that frequency resource, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination criterion may be relatively large (given a fixed first duration).
  • the first determination condition may be related to the access technology used on two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the access technologies used on two or more frequency resources. For example, if the access technology used on most of the two or more frequency resources is NTN access technology, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed).
  • the number of first determination conditions is one or more.
  • the parameters (such as a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration) included in different first determination conditions may be different or at least partially the same.
  • a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF, wherein the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device can determine a second determination condition from among the multiple first determination conditions based on first information and/or second information, as the determination condition for determining whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF.
  • the network device can indicate a first determination condition to the terminal device through first information and/or second information, as the determination condition (i.e., the second determination condition) for determining whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF.
  • the first information may include an identifier of a second determination condition, thereby allowing the terminal device to determine, based on the identifier of the second determination condition, whether the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure).
  • the first information may be carried via a MAC CE (Machine Interface Certificate) or a downlink physical layer signal.
  • the second information may include one or more of the following 41) to 46):
  • the terminal device may know the determination condition used to determine whether the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF based on the identifier of the second determination condition, or the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above information 41) to 45).
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following:
  • the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition;
  • the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.
  • the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition;
  • the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above 31) to 35) and the content of the second information.
  • the following explanation uses the example of a terminal device determining the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources and the content of the second information.
  • the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources and the frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions contained in the second information. For example, assuming that the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #1 is frequency range #1 and the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #2 is frequency range #2, then if the frequency range corresponding to the at least one frequency resource is included within frequency range #1, the first determination condition #1 can be determined as the second determination condition (that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF); if the frequency range corresponding to the at least one frequency resource is included within frequency range #2, the first determination condition #2 can be determined as the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF
  • the terminal device can use a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions to determine whether the multiple first frequency resources have experienced RLF.
  • the second determination condition is related to the characteristics of the multiple frequency resources (e.g., the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources, the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources) and/or the number of currently available frequency resources.
  • the second determination condition can be better adapted to the characteristics of the multiple frequency resources and/or the current actual scenario.
  • the method may further include: when the plurality of frequency resources experience an RLF, the terminal device sends third information to the network device through the second frequency resource, and the network device may receive the third information from the terminal device, the third information being used to indicate that the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.
  • the plurality of frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group. That is, when a frequency resource in the first frequency resource group experiences an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure), a third message can be sent to the network device through a frequency resource in another frequency resource group that has not experienced an RLF (such as the second frequency resource group) to indicate that the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF.
  • RLF Remote Frequency Failure
  • third information may be carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication.
  • a terminal device may be configured with two frequency resource groups, denoted as frequency resource group #1 and frequency resource group #2. If the multiple frequency resources belong to frequency resource group #1, then when a Recurrent Frequency Failure (RLF) occurs on these multiple frequency resources, the terminal device can send the third information to the network device through the frequency resources in frequency resource group #2. In this way, the network device can determine that frequency resource group #2 has not experienced an RLF based on the frequency resources transmitting the third information, and thus determine that frequency resource group #1 has experienced an RLF, i.e., all of these multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF.
  • RLF Recurrent Frequency Failure
  • the RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication, as well as the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources.
  • the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the individual identifiers/indexes of each of the multiple frequency resources; or, when the multiple frequency resources belong to a frequency resource group, the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the frequency resource group.
  • the RRC signaling may carry the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources.
  • the network device can determine that an RLF has occurred for the multiple frequency resources based on these identifiers/indexes.
  • the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the individual identifiers/indexes of each frequency resource; or, when the multiple frequency resources belong to a frequency resource group, the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the identifiers/indexes of that frequency resource group.
  • the method may further include: in the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) occurring on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist (e.g., all frequency resources/frequency resource groups experience RLF), the terminal device may send fourth information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device may receive the fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Rate Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device may be triggered.
  • the second frequency resource in scenarios #1, #2, and #3 can be one of the following 51) to 53):
  • This specific frequency resource can be, for example, a default frequency resource, an initial frequency resource, or a small frequency resource with low bandwidth.
  • Frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions can be, for example, the frequency resources with the best signal quality, or frequency resources with signal quality above a certain threshold.
  • the plurality of frequency resources may be located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the plurality of frequency resources may be co-located. Co-location of the network devices associated with the plurality of frequency resources can also be understood as the plurality of frequency resources being frequency resources supported by the co-located network devices, or as the plurality of frequency resources being multiple frequency resources configured on the co-located network devices.
  • the same reference signal can be configured for these multiple frequency resources. That is, different frequency resources can be associated with the same reference signal. For example, in scenarios #2 and #3, the multiple frequency resources may be located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with these multiple frequency resources may be co-located, so the same reference signal can be configured for these multiple frequency resources. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced RLF by monitoring the same reference signal, without needing to monitor the corresponding reference signal for each frequency resource separately, thereby saving overhead.
  • the frequency resources mentioned above can be BWPs. That is, the terminal device can determine whether a BWP has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal associated with that BWP and the determination conditions, thereby flexibly determining whether a BWP has experienced an RLF and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.
  • the wireless link monitoring method provided in the embodiments of this application has been introduced above.
  • the following uses BWP as a frequency resource as an example to introduce possible implementation schemes of the wireless link monitoring method applicable to the embodiments of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible implementation flow of the wireless link monitoring method provided in this application embodiment. As shown in Figure 3, the implementation flow may include the following steps:
  • the network device sends configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device performs RLM (RLF detection) based on the configuration information related to RLM.
  • the terminal device sends an RLF report (RLF information) to the network device.
  • RLF report RLF information
  • a corresponding Reference Signal (RS) configuration can be set for each BWP, and corresponding RLF determination conditions (hereinafter referred to as determination conditions) can also be set for each BWP.
  • the configuration granularity of RS is per BWP
  • the configuration granularity of RLF determination conditions is also per BWP.
  • the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) independently for each BWP.
  • RLM RLF detection
  • the terminal device can report the RLF information to the network device through the other available BWPs; if all BWPs experience RLF, the RRC connection reconstruction process can be triggered.
  • the RS configuration configured for a certain BWP is the RS configuration associated with that BWP
  • the RLF determination condition configured for a certain BWP is the RLF determination condition associated with that BWP
  • the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device.
  • This configuration information may include RS configuration (corresponding to the first configuration information in the aforementioned embodiments) and RLF determination condition configuration (corresponding to the second configuration information in the aforementioned embodiments).
  • RS configuration is performed on a per-BWP basis, and each BWP can be configured with one or more RS configurations.
  • the number of RS configurations that can be configured for each BWP is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP, the SCS configuration, etc.
  • RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.
  • the RLF decision condition configuration is configured separately for each BWP.
  • the RLF decision condition configuration may include:
  • timer used to determine whether BWP has experienced RLF (corresponding to the first duration in the aforementioned embodiment) and the maximum number of consecutive step loss (corresponding to the second threshold in the aforementioned embodiment);
  • a tolerable error threshold (corresponding to the first threshold in the aforementioned embodiments) is used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the BWP.
  • the terminal device can measure that RS. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on that BPW.
  • the third threshold can be a signal strength determined based on a tolerable error threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the data transmission error rate is considered high, failing to meet the tolerable error threshold requirement, thus indicating a loss of synchronization. Based on the measurement results obtained from multiple measurements of the RS, a set of judgment results can be obtained.
  • This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on this BPW,” and/or a judgment result stating "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on this BPW.” Further, within the duration corresponding to the timer value, if N consecutive judgment results in this set state "the terminal device has lost synchronization on this BPW," and N is greater than or equal to the maximum consecutive loss of synchronization count, then the BPW is considered to have experienced a Regression-Range Function (RLF).
  • RLF Regression-Range Function
  • one or more sets of RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP.
  • the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions configured for BWP#1 may include RLF decision condition #1 (one of the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions) and RLF decision condition #2 (another of the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions).
  • the parameters in RLF decision condition #1 (such as timer value, maximum consecutive step loss count, and tolerable error threshold) may be different from or at least partially the same as the parameters in RLF decision condition #2.
  • factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP association may include one or more of the following a) through e):
  • the frequency range corresponding to the BWP (high frequency or low frequency, etc.).
  • high frequencies are typically used to provide high-speed data transmission, while low frequencies are typically used to ensure coverage. Therefore, for low frequencies, a larger maximum number of consecutive out-of-step counts (with a fixed timer value) and/or a higher tolerable error threshold can be configured.
  • the more RSs associated with the BWP the smaller the maximum number of consecutive step losses can be configured (assuming a fixed timer value).
  • the business data is high priority and/or has high reliability requirements. If the business data is high priority and/or has high reliability requirements, a smaller maximum number of consecutive step losses (assuming the measurement timer is fixed) and/or a lower tolerable error threshold can be configured.
  • a larger maximum number of consecutive step losses can be configured (assuming a fixed timer value), and/or a higher tolerable error threshold.
  • the access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on the BWP.
  • a larger maximum number of consecutive step losses (with a fixed timer value) and/or a higher tolerable error threshold can be configured.
  • the network device can semi-statically and/or dynamically indicate the RLF determination conditions used (that is, the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether the BWP has experienced an RLF).
  • a network device can semi-statically indicate (as in the second information indication described in the foregoing embodiments) the RLF determination conditions used. For instance, the network device can configure the correspondence between each set of RLF determination conditions and the aforementioned factors. For example, the network device can configure the frequency range corresponding to each set of RLF determination conditions, so that the terminal device can select a set of RLF determination conditions whose frequency range matches the frequency range corresponding to the BWP, as the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP.
  • the network device can configure the service data characteristics corresponding to each set of RLF determination conditions, so that the terminal device can select a set of RLF determination conditions whose service data characteristics match the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the BWP, as the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP.
  • the network device can semi-statically indicate the identifier of the RLF determination conditions used.
  • network devices can dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used.
  • the RLF decision conditions used can be indicated via a MAC CE or a downlink physical layer signal, which can carry an identifier of the RLF decision conditions used.
  • network devices can indicate the RLF decision conditions used in a combination of semi-static and dynamic methods.
  • the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) independently for each BWP based on the RS configuration associated with each BWP and the RLF determination condition. For example, for a certain BWP (denoted as BWP#1), the terminal device can receive RS according to the RS configuration associated with BWP#1, and determine whether BWP#1 has experienced an RLF based on the measurement result obtained by measuring the RS and the RLF determination condition associated with BWP#1.
  • RLM RLF detection
  • a terminal device may report the RLF information to the network device.
  • the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling.
  • Each RRC signaling message may carry RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs, and the RLF information corresponding to each BWP may carry the corresponding BWP number (index).
  • the RLF information can be reported via a MAC CE.
  • Each MAC CE can carry RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs.
  • the MAC CE can use a bitmap to indicate whether multiple BWPs have experienced an RLF.
  • the RLF information corresponding to a certain BWP can be reported by any other available BWP; or, it can be reported by a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or, it can be reported by the BWP with the best signal quality; or, it can be reported by a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.
  • a specific BWP such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth
  • an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.
  • each BWP can be independently configured with configuration information related to RLF detection, thus supporting more flexible RLF determination. Furthermore, multiple sets of RLF determination conditions can be configured, which are related to various factors such as the frequency range corresponding to the BWP, further increasing the system's flexibility.
  • the RLM and reporting of each BWP are relatively independent, reducing the probability of service interruption caused by triggering RRC connection reconstruction, resulting in stronger system robustness.
  • the same RS configuration can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the RS configuration granularity is per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).
  • the RS configuration configured for a certain BWP group is the RS configuration associated with that BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • Scheme 2 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs are intra-frequency, that is, multiple BWPs are located in a continuous frequency band. In some embodiments, Scheme 2 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs correspond to co-located base stations, that is, multiple BWPs are configured on co-located base stations.
  • a terminal device may be configured with one or more BWP groups simultaneously, and the number of BWP groups that a terminal device can be configured with may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device.
  • corresponding RLF determination conditions can be configured for each BWP, or in other words, the configuration granularity of the RLF determination conditions is per-BWP.
  • the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) for one or more BWPs in that BWP group.
  • RLM RLF detection
  • the terminal device can report the RLF information through the other available BWPs; if all BWPs experience RLF, the RRC connection reconstruction process is triggered.
  • the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (such as RLF detection) to the terminal device.
  • This configuration information may include RS configuration and RLF determination condition configuration.
  • RS configuration is configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and each BWP group can be configured with...
  • One or more RS configurations can be set.
  • the number of RS configurations that can be configured in each BWP group is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP group, the SCS configuration, etc.
  • RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.
  • the RLF decision condition configuration is configured separately for each BWP.
  • the RLF determination condition configuration may include: a timer value and a maximum number of consecutive step losses for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP; and a tolerable error threshold for determining whether a step loss has occurred on the BWP.
  • one or more sets of RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP.
  • the factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP association may include one or more of the following:
  • the frequency range corresponding to this BWP (high frequency or low frequency, etc.);
  • the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the BWP or in other words, the characteristics of the services supported by the BWP;
  • the access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on this BWP.
  • the network device may semi-statically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used) and/or dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals).
  • the RLF decision conditions used e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used
  • dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals.
  • the terminal device can receive an RS according to the RS configuration associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and determine whether at least one BWP in the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained from measuring the RS. For example, if the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) includes BWP#1, then the terminal device can determine whether BWP#1 has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained from measuring the RS and the RLF determination conditions associated with BWP#1.
  • the terminal device may perform RLM (RLF detection) on the first BWP in the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs).
  • the first BWP may be: a BWP configured (indicated) by the network device; or a currently used BWP; or a BWP corresponding to a specific service (e.g., a BWP corresponding to the highest priority service); or a default BWP; or an initial BWP; or a BWP containing RS.
  • a terminal device may report the RLF information to the network device.
  • the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling may include RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs, and/or the BWP number (index) of one or more BWPs that caused the RLF.
  • the RLF information can be reported via MAC CE.
  • the RLF information can be reported through the current group or other available BWP groups.
  • the RLF information can be reported through any available BWP; or through a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or through the BWP with the best signal quality; or through a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.
  • an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.
  • multiple BWPs within a continuous frequency band, or multiple BWPs configured on a co-located base station can share the same RS.
  • terminal equipment can monitor only the RS, instead of monitoring the corresponding RS for each BWP separately, thus saving costs.
  • RLF determination conditions can be configured separately for each BWP, allowing for more flexible adaptation to different needs.
  • the same RS configuration can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the RS configuration granularity is per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).
  • Scheme 3 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs are intra-frequency, that is, multiple BWPs are located in a continuous frequency band. In some embodiments, Scheme 3 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs correspond to co-located base stations, that is, multiple BWPs are configured on co-located base stations.
  • a terminal device may be configured with one or more BWP groups simultaneously, and the number of BWP groups that a terminal device can be configured with may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device.
  • the same RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the configuration granularity of the RLF decision conditions is also per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).
  • the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) for that BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • RLM RLF detection
  • the terminal device can report the RLF information through those other available BWPs; if no other available BWPs exist, the RRC connection reconstruction process is triggered.
  • the BWP used to report the RLF information could, for example, belong to another BWP group that has not experienced an RLF.
  • the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device.
  • This configuration information may include RS configuration and RLF determination condition configuration.
  • RS configuration is performed for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and each BWP group can be configured with one or more RS configurations.
  • the number of RS configurations that can be configured for each BWP group is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP group, the SCS configuration, etc.
  • RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.
  • the RLF decision criteria configuration is configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • the RLF determination condition configuration may include: a timer value and a maximum consecutive number of steps lost for determining whether an RLF has occurred in a BWP group (or multiple BWPs); and a tolerable error threshold for determining whether a terminal device has experienced a steps lost in a BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • one or more sets of RLF determination conditions can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • the factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP group (or multiple BWPs) association may include one or more of the following:
  • the frequency range (high frequency or low frequency, etc.) corresponding to at least one BWP in the BWP group (or multiple BWPs);
  • the number of RSs associated with the BWP group (or the multiple BWPs);
  • the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one BWP in the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs);
  • the access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on at least one BWP in the BWP group (or the multiple BWPs).
  • the network device may semi-statically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used) and/or dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals).
  • the RLF decision conditions used e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used
  • dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals.
  • the terminal device can receive RS according to the RS configuration associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and can determine whether the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained by measuring the RS and the RLF determination conditions associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs).
  • a terminal device may report the RLF information to the network device.
  • the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication and/or the identifier/index corresponding to the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs).
  • the RLF information can be reported via MAC CE.
  • the RLF information can be reported through any other available BWP group.
  • the RLF information can be reported through any available BWP within that available BWP group; or, it can be reported through a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or, it can be reported through the BWP with the best signal quality; or, it can be reported through a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.
  • an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.
  • multiple BWPs included in a continuous frequency band, or multiple BWPs configured on a co-located base station can share the same RS.
  • the terminal equipment only needs to monitor the RS, instead of monitoring the corresponding RS for each BWP separately, thus saving costs.
  • the BWP groups in Schemes 2 and 3 may not have a configuration binding relationship, meaning there is no concept of a "group.”
  • the RS configuration may not be bound to the BWP; that is, the RS configuration can be common, or the RS can be configured on a specific BWP, such as on a low-frequency BWP.
  • a correlation may exist between the BWP and the RS, and the terminal device can use this correlation to measure the RS associated with the BWP, thereby performing RLM measurements on that BWP.
  • the technical solution of this application embodiment can debind carrier resource monitoring from the cell, that is, the radio link monitoring mechanism is not bound to the Pcell or PScell, thereby enabling more flexible carrier resource monitoring and control.
  • the sequence number of each process does not imply the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of this application.
  • the terms “downlink,” “uplink,” and “sidelink” are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data. “Downlink” indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a first direction from the site to the user equipment in the cell; “uplink” indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a second direction from the user equipment in the cell to the site; and “sidelink” indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a third direction from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term “and/or” is merely a description of the association relationship between related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent: A existing alone, A and B existing simultaneously, and B existing alone. Furthermore, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the preceding and following related objects have an "or" relationship.
  • this application provides a corresponding wireless link monitoring device.
  • FIG 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a wireless link monitoring device provided in an embodiment of this application, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the wireless link monitoring device 400 (hereinafter referred to as device 400) includes:
  • the first communication unit 401 is configured to receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources
  • the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources.
  • the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the device 400 and the network device.
  • the first communication unit 401 is also configured to receive one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.
  • different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.
  • the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the device 400 has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold, and the number of times the device 400 has continuously lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration, are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF.
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the device 400 on the first frequency resource.
  • the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.
  • the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition
  • the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; and the access technology used by the device 400 on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of an RLF occurring on the first frequency resource, send third information to the network device via the second frequency resource, wherein the third information is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein an RLF has not occurred on the second frequency resource.
  • the third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE.
  • RRC signaling or MAC CE is used to indicate that an RRF has occurred on one or more frequency resources.
  • the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of a first frequency resource RLF, if no available frequency resource exists, send fourth information to the network device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the device 400 and the network device.
  • the first frequency resource is: a frequency resource indicated by the network device; or a frequency resource currently used by the device 400; or a frequency resource used for transmitting specific service data; or a frequency resource used by default by the device 400; or a frequency resource initially used by the device 400; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal.
  • the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.
  • the reference signal associated with multiple frequency resources includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the association of multiple frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the device 400 has lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources; the second threshold, and the number of times the device 400 has continuously lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources within the first duration, are used to determine whether RLF has occurred on multiple frequency resources.
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the device 400 on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources.
  • the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.
  • the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition
  • the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the device 400 on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.
  • the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: send third information to the network device via a second frequency resource in the event that multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF, wherein the third information is used to indicate that multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; wherein the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.
  • multiple frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and a second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group.
  • the third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist, send fourth information to the network device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC (Recurrent Frequency Control) connection between the device 400 and the network device.
  • RLF Current Frequency Failure
  • the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC (Recurrent Frequency Control) connection between the device 400 and the network device.
  • the second frequency resource is: any frequency resource configured by the device 400 that has not experienced an RLF; or, a specific frequency resource among the frequency resources configured by the device 400; or, a frequency resource configured by the device 400 whose signal quality meets specific conditions.
  • multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or multiple frequency resources are associated with network devices that share a common address.
  • the frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP).
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in this application embodiment, which is applied to network equipment.
  • the wireless link monitoring device 500 (hereinafter referred to as device 500) includes:
  • the second communication unit 501 is configured to send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources.
  • the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the device 500.
  • the second communication unit 501 is also configured to send one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position.
  • the reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource.
  • the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.
  • different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals.
  • the conditions for determining a connection are different.
  • different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.
  • the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the association of the first frequency resource includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold, and the number of times the terminal device has continuously lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration, are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF.
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource.
  • the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device 500, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device 500.
  • the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition
  • the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; and the access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.
  • the second communication unit 501 is further configured to: receive third information from the terminal device, the third information being transmitted through the second frequency resource, the third information being used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource.
  • the third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • the second communication unit 501 is further configured to receive fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device 500.
  • the first frequency resource is: a frequency resource indicated by device 500; or a frequency resource currently used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource used for transmitting specific service data; or a frequency resource used by default by the terminal device; or a frequency resource initially used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal.
  • the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.
  • the reference signal associated with multiple frequency resources includes a first reference signal
  • the determination condition for the association of multiple frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources; the second threshold, and the number of times the terminal device has continuously lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources within the first duration, are used to determine whether RLF has occurred on multiple frequency resources.
  • the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources.
  • the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device 500, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device 500.
  • the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition
  • the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.
  • the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the second determination condition
  • the characteristics of the corresponding service data include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.
  • the second communication unit 501 is further configured to: receive third information from the terminal device, the third information being transmitted through the second frequency resource, the third information being used to indicate that multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced RLF.
  • multiple frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and a second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group.
  • the third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the second communication unit 501 is further configured to receive fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device 500.
  • the second frequency resource is: any frequency resource configured by the terminal device that has not experienced an RLF; or a specific frequency resource among the frequency resources configured by the terminal device; or a frequency resource configured by the terminal device whose signal quality meets specific conditions.
  • multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or multiple frequency resources are associated with network devices that share a common address.
  • the frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP).
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This communication device can be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 includes a processor 610, which can call and run computer programs from memory to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620.
  • the processor 610 may retrieve and run computer programs from the memory 620 to implement the methods described in the embodiments of this application.
  • the memory 620 can be a separate device independent of the processor 610, or it can be integrated into the processor 610.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it may send information or data to other devices or receive information or data sent by other devices.
  • the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be a terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be a network device in the embodiments of this application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the chip 700 shown in Figure 7 includes a processor 710, which can call and run computer programs from memory to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip 700 may further include a memory 720.
  • the processor 710 can retrieve and run computer programs from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.
  • the memory 720 can be a separate device independent of the processor 710, or it can be integrated into the processor 710.
  • the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730.
  • the processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips; specifically, it can acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740.
  • the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, to output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • chip mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a system-on-a-chip, system chip, chip system, or system-on-a-chip, etc.
  • This application also provides a computer storage medium storing one or more programs, which can be executed by one or more processors to implement the methods in this application.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 800 provided in an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 8, the communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820.
  • the terminal device 810 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 820 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For the sake of brevity, they will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in this application embodiment may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • Each step of the above method embodiments can be implemented by integrated logic circuits in the processor hardware or by instructions in software form.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components. It can implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application.
  • the general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules can reside in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, or other mature storage media in the art. This storage medium is located in memory; the processor reads information from the memory and, in conjunction with its hardware, completes the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of this application can be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM Synchronous DRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous DRAM
  • SLDRAM Synchlink DRAM
  • DR RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiments of this application may also be static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct memory bus RAM (DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiments of this application is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus RAM
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of this application
  • the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application.
  • the network device in the embodiments of this application.
  • This application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate.
  • the components shown as units may or may not be physical units; that is, they may be located in one place or distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected to achieve the purpose of this embodiment according to actual needs.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of this application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the aforementioned functions are implemented as software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • This computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes various media capable of storing program code, such as USB flash drives, portable hard drives, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks, or optical disks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application is a radio link monitoring method, which is applied to a terminal device. The method comprises: receiving first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device, wherein the first configuration information is used for configuring time-frequency domain positions of one or more reference signals associated with a plurality of frequency resources, the second configuration information is used for configuring one or more determination conditions associated with the plurality of frequency resources, and the plurality of frequency resources are used for communication between a terminal device and the network device; and receiving, at the time-frequency domain positions, the one or more reference signals from the network device, wherein a reference signal and a determination condition associated with a first frequency resource are used for determining whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources. In the method, a terminal device can determine, on the basis of a reference signal and a determination condition associated with a certain frequency resource, whether an RLF has occurred on the frequency resource, thereby flexibly determining whether an RLF has occurred on a certain frequency resource.

Description

一种无线链路监测方法、装置、设备、芯片和存储介质A wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种无线链路监测方法、装置、设备、芯片和存储介质。This application relates to the field of communication technology, specifically to a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium.

背景技术Background Technology

目前,以无线链路失败(Radio Link Failure,RLF)检测为目的的无线链路监测(radio link monitoring,RLM)在主小区(Primary Cell,PCell)或辅助主小区(Primary Secondary Cell,PSCell)上执行,若Pcell或PSCell发生RLF,则认为Pcell或PSCell所在的小区组发生RLF。该方法使得同一个小区组的小区之间的RLF检测结果存在较强的绑定关系,无法灵活地进行无线链路监测。Currently, radio link monitoring (RLM) aimed at detecting radio link failures (RLF) is performed on the primary cell (PCell) or the primary secondary cell (PSCell). If an RLF occurs in a PCell or PSCell, the cell group to which the PCell or PSCell belongs is considered to have experienced an RLF. This method creates a strong binding relationship between RLF detection results between cells within the same cell group, hindering flexible radio link monitoring.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请实施例提供一种无线链路监测方法、装置、设备、芯片和存储介质。This application provides a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线链路监测方法,应用于终端设备,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信;在该时频域位置上接收来自网设备的该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。In a first aspect, embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring method applied to a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, wherein the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device; and receiving the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线链路监测方法,应用于网络设备,该方法包括:向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信;在该时频域位置上向终端设备发送该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。Secondly, embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring method applied to a network device. The method includes: sending first configuration information and second configuration information to a terminal device, wherein the first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, wherein the multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device; and sending the one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线链路监测装置,该装置包括:第一通信单元,被配置为接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于该装置与网络设备之间的通信;第一通信单元,还被配置为在该时频域位置上接收来自网设备的该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。Thirdly, embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring device, the device comprising: a first communication unit configured to receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information being used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, the second configuration information being used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, the multiple frequency resources being used for communication between the device and the network device; the first communication unit is further configured to receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线链路监测装置,该装置包括:第二通信单元,被配置为向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与该装置之间的通信;第二通信单元,还被配置为在该时频域位置上向终端设备发送该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。Fourthly, embodiments of this application provide a wireless link monitoring device, the device comprising: a second communication unit configured to send first configuration information and second configuration information to a terminal device, the first configuration information being used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, the second configuration information being used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources, the multiple frequency resources being used for communication between the terminal device and the device; the second communication unit is further configured to send the one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a wireless link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信设备,包括:存储器,用于存储计算机程序;处理器,与该存储器连接,用于从该存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,实现如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法;收发器,用于在与其他设备之间进行收发信息过程中,信息的接收和发送。Fifthly, embodiments of this application provide a communication device, including: a memory for storing a computer program; a processor connected to the memory for calling and running the computer program from the memory to implement the method described in the first or second aspect; and a transceiver for receiving and sending information during the process of sending and receiving information with other devices.

第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片。该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法;收发器,用于在与设备或芯片之间进行收发信息过程中,信息的接收和发送。Sixthly, embodiments of this application provide a chip. The chip includes: a processor for retrieving and running a computer program from a memory, causing a device on which the chip is installed to perform the method described in the first or second aspect; and a transceiver for receiving and sending information during the exchange of information with the device or the chip.

第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行如第一方面或第二方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, embodiments of this application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that causes a computer to perform the methods described in the first or second aspect.

在该方法中,终端设备可接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配 置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信。进一步地,终端设备可在该时频域位置上接收来自网设备的该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,可用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。根据本申请实施例的方法,对于多个频率资源中的某个频率资源(如第一频率资源),终端设备可根据该频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,确定该频率资源是否发生RLF,从而可灵活地判断某个频率资源是否发生RLF,进而实现了更加灵活的无线链路监测。In this method, the terminal device can receive first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device, wherein the first configuration information is used for configuration. The method sets the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. Second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with these multiple frequency resources, which are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device. Further, the terminal device can receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at this time-frequency domain position. The reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions can be used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF (Remote Link Failure). The first frequency resource is included among the multiple frequency resources. According to the method of this application embodiment, for a specific frequency resource (such as the first frequency resource) among multiple frequency resources, the terminal device can determine whether the frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signals associated with that frequency resource and the determination conditions. This allows for flexible determination of whether a specific frequency resource has experienced an RLF, thereby achieving more flexible wireless link monitoring.

附图说明Attached Figure Description

此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The accompanying drawings, which are included to provide a further understanding of this application and form part of this application, illustrate exemplary embodiments and are used to explain this application, but do not constitute an undue limitation of this application. In the drawings:

图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of this application;

图2是本申请实施例提供的一种无线链路监测方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图3是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测方法的一种可能的实现流程示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible implementation flow of the wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图4是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测装置的结构组成示意图一;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in an embodiment of this application.

图5是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测装置的结构组成示意图二;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in the embodiment of this application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图7是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of the chip according to an embodiment of this application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。Figure 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式Detailed Implementation

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of this application, and not all of them. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of this application without creative effort are within the scope of protection of this application.

图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of this application.

如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括终端设备110和网络设备120。网络设备120可以通过空口与终端设备110通信。终端设备110和网络设备120之间支持多业务传输。As shown in Figure 1, the communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120. The network device 120 can communicate with the terminal device 110 via an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120.

应理解,本申请实施例仅以通信系统100进行示例性说明,但本申请实施例不限定于此。也就是说,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)系统、增强的机器类型通信(enhanced Machine-Type Communications,eMTC)系统、5G通信系统(也称为新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统)、6G通信系统,或未来的通信系统等。It should be understood that the embodiments of this application are only illustrated by way of example with communication system 100, but the embodiments of this application are not limited thereto. That is to say, the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Internet of Things (IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), 6G communication system, or future communication systems, etc.

在图1所示的通信系统100中,网络设备120可以是与终端设备110通信的接入网设备。接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备110(例如UE)进行通信。In the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with terminal device 110. The access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal device 110 (e.g., UE) located within that coverage area.

网络设备120可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备,或者是NR系统中的基站(gNB),或者是6G系统中的基站,或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备120可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。Network device 120 may be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, a base station (gNB) in an NR system, a base station in a 6G system, a radio controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, hub, switch, bridge, router, or network device in a future evolved Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN), etc.

终端设备110可以是任意终端设备,其包括但不限于与网络设备120或其它终端设备采用有线或者无线连接的终端设备。Terminal device 110 can be any terminal device, including but not limited to terminal devices that are connected to network device 120 or other terminal devices via wired or wireless connections.

例如,所述终端设备110可以指接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、IoT设备、卫星手持终端、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端设备、6G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进网络中的终端设备 等。For example, the terminal device 110 can refer to an access terminal, user equipment (UE), user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The access terminal can be a cellular phone, cordless phone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, IoT device, satellite handheld terminal, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, in-vehicle device, wearable device, terminal device in a 5G network, terminal device in a 6G network, or terminal device in a future evolved network. wait.

终端设备110可以用于设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)的通信。Terminal device 110 can be used for device-to-device (D2D) communication.

通信系统100还可以包括与网络设备120进行通信的核心网设备130,该核心网设备130可以是5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)设备,例如,接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF),又例如,认证服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF),又例如,用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF),又例如,会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)。在一些实施例中,核心网络设备130也可以是LTE网络的分组核心演进(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)设备,例如,会话管理功能+核心网络的数据网关(Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway,SMF+PGW-C)设备。应理解,SMF+PGW-C可以同时实现SMF和PGW-C所能实现的功能。在网络演进过程中,上述核心网设备也有可能叫其它名字,或者通过对核心网的功能进行划分形成新的网络实体,对此本申请实施例不做限制。The communication system 100 may further include a core network device 130 that communicates with the network device 120. This core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, such as an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), an Authentication Server Function (AUSF), a User Plane Function (UPF), or a Session Management Function (SMF). In some embodiments, the core network device 130 may also be an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device for an LTE network, such as a Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway (SMF+PGW-C) device. It should be understood that SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously implement the functions of both SMF and PGW-C. During network evolution, the aforementioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or new network entities may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network. This application does not impose any restrictions on this.

通信系统100中的各个功能单元之间还可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口建立连接实现通信。The various functional units in the communication system 100 can also communicate with each other through a next-generation (NG) interface.

例如,终端设备通过NR接口与接入网设备建立空口连接,用于传输用户面数据和控制面信令;终端设备可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;接入网设备例如下一代无线接入基站(gNB),可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据连接;接入网设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络交互用户面数据;AMF可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;SMF可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF建立控制面信令连接。For example, terminal devices establish air interface connections with access network devices through the NR interface for transmitting user plane data and control plane signaling; terminal devices can establish control plane signaling connections with the AMF through NG interface 1 (N1); access network devices, such as next-generation radio access base stations (gNB), can establish user plane data connections with the UPF through NG interface 3 (N3); access network devices can establish control plane signaling connections with the AMF through NG interface 2 (N2); the UPF can establish control plane signaling connections with the SMF through NG interface 4 (N4); the UPF can interact with the data network for user plane data through NG interface 6 (N6); the AMF can establish control plane signaling connections with the SMF through NG interface 11 (N11); and the SMF can establish control plane signaling connections with the PCF through NG interface 7 (N7).

图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备、一个核心网设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 1 exemplarily illustrates a network device, a core network device, and two terminal devices. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices within its coverage area. This application embodiment does not limit this.

需要说明的是,图1只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统。此外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“预定义”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that Figure 1 is merely an example illustrating the system to which this application applies. Of course, the method shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems. Furthermore, the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably in this document. The term "and/or" in this document merely describes the relationship between related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A existing alone, A and B existing simultaneously, or B existing alone. Additionally, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the preceding and following related objects have an "or" relationship. It should also be understood that "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an indication of a related relationship. For example, A instructing B can mean that A directly instructs B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly instructs B, for example, A instructs C, B can be obtained through C; or it can mean that there is a related relationship between A and B. It should also be understood that "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can indicate a direct or indirect correspondence between two things, or an related relationship between two things, or a relationship of instruction and being instructed, configuration and being configured, etc. It should also be understood that the "predefined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (e.g., including terminal devices and network devices), and this application does not limit the specific implementation method. For example, predefined can refer to those defined in a protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the "protocol" can refer to standard protocols in the field of communication, such as LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。To facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, the relevant technologies of the embodiments of this application are described below. The following relevant technologies are optional solutions and can be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application in any way, and they all fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.

1、无线链路监测(radio link monitoring,RLM)参考信号1. Radio Link Monitoring (RLM) Reference Signal

RLM是RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)下UE监测主小区的下行无线链路质量的过程。RLM is the process by which a UE monitors the downlink radio link quality of the primary cell during RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED).

在NR中,用于RLM的参考信号(RLM Reference Signal,RLM-RS)是通过高层信令RadioLinkMonitoringRS配置的。可被配置的RLM-RS包括两种:信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS)和同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)。一个RLM-RS的配置包括一个CSI-RS的资源索引,或者一个SSB的索引。网络可以为UE在每个带宽部分(Band Width Part,BWP)上配置多个RLM-RS,可配置的RLM-RS的最大数量与频率范围有关:在3GHz以下为2;在3GHz至6GHz之间为4;在6GHz以上为8。这一方面考虑到频段越高,UE所需要监测的波束数量越多,另一方面也考虑实现中UE的能力的限制,因此对RLM-RS的最大数量加以限制。RLM-RS的测量结果用于评估假想物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)的误块率(block error rate,BLER)。在配置的多个RLM-RS中,UE假定RLM-RS与所评估的假想PDCCH具有相同的天线端口。In NR, the reference signal (RLM-RS) used for RLM is configured via the higher-layer signaling RadioLinkMonitoringRS. There are two types of configurable RLM-RS: Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) and Synchronization Signal Block (SSB). An RLM-RS configuration includes either a resource index for a CSI-RS or an index for an SSB. The network can configure multiple RLM-RS for a UE on each Band Width Part (BWP). The maximum number of configurable RLM-RS depends on the frequency range: 2 below 3 GHz; 4 between 3 GHz and 6 GHz; and 8 above 6 GHz. This limitation is due to the fact that higher frequency bands require more beams for the UE to monitor, and also to the limitations of the UE's capabilities in the current implementation. The RLM-RS measurements are used to evaluate the block error rate (BLER) of the hypothetical Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). In the configured RLM-RS, the UE assumes that the RLM-RS and the hypothetical PDCCH being evaluated have the same antenna port.

对于SSB,网络为UE配置一个或多个SSB的索引作为RLM-RS。由于NR中的多波束传输,网络 在配置RLM-RS时,需要根据在一段时间内为UE服务的波束配置相应的多个SSB作为RLM-RS,用于根据这些SSB的信号质量进行测量,确定同步/失步(In Synchronization/Out Of Synchronization,IS/OOS)的状态。For SSBs, the network configures one or more SSB indices as RLM-RS for the UE. Due to multi-beam transmission in NR, the network... When configuring RLM-RS, multiple SSBs need to be configured as RLM-RS according to the beam serving the UE over a period of time. These SSBs are used to measure the signal quality of the SSBs and determine the synchronization/out-of-synchronization (IS/OOS) status.

对于CSI-RS,由于其资源是UE特定的配置,网络可以更加灵活的为某个UE配置用于RLM-RS资源。网络同样可以为UE配置一个或多个CSI-RS资源的索引作为RLM-RS,也同样支持多波束传输的信道质量的测量。并且,相比SSB,CSI-RS资源的配置在空间域和频域上可以与RLM所评估的PDCCH更好的匹配。用于RLM的CSI-RS资源的配置有一定的限制,包括cdm-Type为“noCDM”,资源密度只能为1或3,天线端口数只能为单天线端口。For CSI-RS, because its resources are UE-specific configurations, the network can more flexibly configure RLM-RS resources for a specific UE. The network can also configure one or more CSI-RS resource indices as RLM-RS for a UE, and it also supports channel quality measurement for multi-beam transmission. Furthermore, compared to SSB, the configuration of CSI-RS resources can better match the PDCCH evaluated by RLM in both the spatial and frequency domains. The configuration of CSI-RS resources for RLM has certain limitations, including a cdm-type of "noCDM", a resource density of only 1 or 3, and a single antenna port.

在一种可能的情况下,UE没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS,但是UE被配置了用于PDCCH接收的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator,TCI)状态,这些TCI状态包含了一个或多个CSI-RS,那么:如果用于PDCCH接收的激活的TCI状态只包含一个CSI-RS,则UE把该CSI-RS作为RLM-RS;如果用于PDCCH接收的激活的TCI状态包含两个CSI-RS,则UE把准共址(Quasi Co-Location,QCL)信息被配置为QCL-TypeD的CSI-RS作为RLM-RS。UE不期望两个CSI-RS的QCL关系都配置为QCL-TypeD;UE不使用配置为非周期或者半持续的CSI-RS作为RLM-RS。In one possible scenario, the UE is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS, but it is configured with Transmission Configuration Indicator (TCI) states for PDCCH reception. These TCI states contain one or more CSI-RS. In this case: if the active TCI state for PDCCH reception contains only one CSI-RS, the UE uses that CSI-RS as the RLM-RS. If the active TCI state for PDCCH reception contains two CSI-RS, the UE uses the CSI-RS whose Quasi Co-Location (QCL) information is configured as QCL-Type D as the RLM-RS. The UE does not expect both CSI-RS to have their QCL relationship configured as QCL-Type D; the UE does not use CSI-RS configured as aperiodic or semi-persistent as RLM-RS.

当一个UE的服务小区被配置了多个下行BWP,UE只在激活的BWP上使用该BWP上配置的RLM-RS进行RLM测量;或者在该激活的BWP上没有配置RLM-RS时,按照上述的方法,使用该激活BWP上用于PDCCH接收的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)对应的激活的TCI状态所对应的CSI-RS,作为RLM-RS进行RLM测量。When a UE's serving cell is configured with multiple downlink BWPs, the UE only uses the RLM-RS configured on the active BWP to perform RLM measurements; or when no RLM-RS is configured on the active BWP, the UE uses the CSI-RS corresponding to the active TCI state of the control resource set (CORESET) used for PDCCH reception on the active BWP as the RLM-RS for RLM measurements, following the method described above.

2、RLM过程2. RLM process

在配置了RLM-RS之后,UE对RLM-RS进行测量,测量的结果与IS/OOS的阈值进行比较,从而获得无线链路的IS/OOS状态,并周期性地上报IS/OOS状态的评估结果给高层。如果配置的所有RLM-RS中有任何一个RLM-RS的测量结果高于IS阈值,则物理层上报IS状态给高层;如果配置的所有RLM-RS的测量结果都低于OOS阈值,则物理层上报OOS状态给高层。可以看出,IS/OOS状态的上报并不基于小区内波束的数量,也就是配置的RLM-RS的数量。After configuring RLM-RS, the UE measures the RLM-RS and compares the measurement results with the IS/OOS threshold to obtain the IS/OOS status of the radio link. The UE periodically reports the IS/OOS status assessment results to higher layers. If the measurement result of any of the configured RLM-RS is higher than the IS threshold, the physical layer reports the IS status to higher layers; if the measurement results of all configured RLM-RS are lower than the OOS threshold, the physical layer reports the OOS status to higher layers. It can be seen that the reporting of the IS/OOS status is not based on the number of beams within the cell, i.e., the number of configured RLM-RS.

在非DRX状态下,IS/OOS状态的上报周期为配置的所有RLM-RS资源的周期中的最短周期和10ms之间的最大值。在DRX状态下,IS/OOS状态的上报周期为配置的所有RLM-RS资源的周期中的最短周期和DRX周期之间的最大值。In non-DRX mode, the IS/OOS status reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of all configured RLM-RS resources and 10ms. In DRX mode, the IS/OOS status reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of all configured RLM-RS resources and the DRX period.

与LTE类似,NR的RLM中IS/OOS的阈值也是根据假想PDCCH的BLER确定的。所不同的是,NR支持两组假想PDCCH的BLER。其中第一组阈值与LTE一致,IS的阈值对应的假想PDCCH的BLER为2%;OOS的阈值对应的假想PDCCH的BLER为10%。引入另外一组阈值的目的是,该组门限对应更高的假想PDCCH的BLER,便于在无线信号差的位置也能够保持无线链路的连接,避免触发无线链路失败而造成连接的失败,从而有利于保持VoIP等业务的连续性。使用哪一组假想PDCCH的BLER由网络通过信令rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold进行配置。IS/OOS的BLER阈值所对应的信干噪比(Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio,SINR)数值并不直接在NR标准中定义,各厂家根据假想PDCCH的BLER,结合UE的接收机的性能,确定出自己生成的UE的IS/OOS的阈值。Similar to LTE, the IS/OOS thresholds in NR's RLM are also determined based on the hypothetical PDCCH BLER. The difference is that NR supports two sets of hypothetical PDCCH BLERs. The first set of thresholds is consistent with LTE: the IS threshold corresponds to a hypothetical PDCCH BLER of 2%, and the OOS threshold corresponds to a hypothetical PDCCH BLER of 10%. The purpose of introducing the other set of thresholds is to provide a higher hypothetical PDCCH BLER, which helps maintain the wireless link connection even in locations with poor wireless signal, avoiding connection failures caused by wireless link failures, thus contributing to the continuity of services such as VoIP. Which set of hypothetical PDCCH BLERs is used is configured by the network through the signaling `rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold`. The signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) value corresponding to the BLER threshold of IS/OOS is not directly defined in the NR standard. Each manufacturer determines its own IS/OOS threshold for the UE based on the hypothetical PDCCH BLER and the performance of the UE's receiver.

3、RLM相关配置3. RLM related configuration

RLM RS的相关配置,由radioLinkMonitoringConfig配置,该配置携带在下行BWP配置中,也即,配置粒度为针对每个下行BWP进行配置,或者说,配置粒度为per-DL BWP。该配置包括参考信号的配置、参考信号的类型,以及RLM的目的等。其中,RLM的目的可包括无线链路失败(Radio Link Failure,RLF)检测和波束失败(Beam Failure,BF)检测。本申请实施例主要关注以RLF检测为目的的RLM。The configuration related to the RLM RS is configured by radioLinkMonitoringConfig, which is carried in the downlink BWP configuration. That is, the configuration granularity is per-DL BWP, or per-DL BWP. This configuration includes the configuration of the reference signal, the type of the reference signal, and the purpose of the RLM. The purpose of the RLM may include Radio Link Failure (RLF) detection and Beam Failure (BF) detection. This application primarily focuses on RLM for the purpose of RLF detection.

其中,RLF检测条件由rlf-TimersAndConstants和rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold进行配置,该配置在SpCellconfig中,也即,配置粒度为针对每个SpCell进行配置,或者说,配置粒度为per-SpCell。The RLF detection conditions are configured by rlf-TimersAndConstants and rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold, which are configured in SpCellconfig. In other words, the configuration granularity is per-SpCell.

4、带宽部分(Band Width Part,BWP)4. Bandwidth Part (BWP)

BWP的核心概念是定义一个比小区系统带宽和终端带宽能力都小的接入带宽,终端的所有收发操作都可以在这个较小的带宽内进行,从而在5G大带宽系统中实现更灵活、更高效、耗电更低的终端操作。LTE的最大单载波系统带宽为20MHz,终端的单载波带宽能力也为20MHz,所以不存在终端能力小于小区系统带宽的情况。而在5G NR系统中,最大载波带宽将大幅提高(如400MHz),而终端带宽能力的提升幅度明显赶不上网络侧(如100MHz)。另外,终端也并不需要总以最大带宽能力工作,为了节省耗电和更高效的频域操作,终端可以工作在一个更小的带宽(也即BWP)下。The core concept of BWP (Bandwidth-based Windowing) is to define an access bandwidth smaller than both the cell system bandwidth and the terminal's bandwidth capability. All terminal transmit and receive operations can be performed within this smaller bandwidth, thereby enabling more flexible, efficient, and power-efficient terminal operations in the high-bandwidth 5G system. LTE's maximum single-carrier system bandwidth is 20MHz, and the terminal's single-carrier bandwidth capability is also 20MHz, so there is no situation where the terminal's capability is less than the cell system bandwidth. However, in 5G NR systems, the maximum carrier bandwidth will be significantly increased (e.g., 400MHz), while the increase in terminal bandwidth capability is significantly less than that on the network side (e.g., 100MHz). Furthermore, the terminal does not always need to operate at its maximum bandwidth capability. To save power and achieve more efficient frequency domain operations, the terminal can operate within a smaller bandwidth (i.e., BWP).

BWP是一个载波内的概念,载波的配置与激活/去激活和BWP的配置与激活/去激活分开设计。载波的激活仍采用传统方法,每个激活载波内可以激活一个BWP,即要首先要激活载波才能激活这个载波内的BWP。如果一个载波去激活了,这个载波内的激活BWP也同时被去激活。 A BWP is a carrier-specific concept, and the configuration and activation/deactivation of the carrier are designed separately from those of the BWP. Carrier activation still uses the traditional method: one BWP can be activated within each active carrier; that is, the carrier must be activated first before the BWP within that carrier can be activated. If a carrier is deactivated, the active BWP within that carrier is also deactivated simultaneously.

BWP的特征包括:BWP features include:

1)gNB可以半静态地配置给UE一个或多个BWP,分成上行BWP和下行BWP。1) gNB can be semi-statically configured to one or more BWPs for UE, which are divided into uplink BWP and downlink BWP.

2)BWP带宽等于或小于终端的射频带宽能力,但大于SS/PBCH block(同步信号块,包含SS(同步信号)和PBCH(广播信道))的带宽。2) The BWP bandwidth is equal to or less than the terminal's RF bandwidth capability, but greater than the bandwidth of the SS/PBCH block (synchronization signal block, which includes SS (synchronization signal) and PBCH (broadcast channel)).

3)每个BWP内至少包含一个CORESET。3) Each BWP contains at least one CORESET.

4)BWP可以包含SS/PBCH block,也可以不包含SS/PBCH block。4) BWP may or may not contain SS/PBCH blocks.

5)BWP由一定数量的物理资源块(Physical Resource Blocks,PRB)构成,且绑定一种参数集(包括一个子载波间隔和一个循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)),BWP的配置参数包括带宽(如PRB数量)、频域位置(如中心频点)和参数集(包括子载波间隔和CP)。5) A BWP consists of a certain number of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) and is bound to a parameter set (including a subcarrier spacing and a cyclic prefix (CP)). The configuration parameters of a BWP include bandwidth (such as the number of PRBs), frequency domain location (such as the center frequency), and parameter set (including subcarrier spacing and CP).

6)在一个时刻,一个终端只有一个激活的BWP(active BWP),对同时激活多个BWP的情况需要继续研究。6) At any given time, a terminal can only have one active BWP. Further research is needed on the case where multiple BWPs are active simultaneously.

7)终端只运行在激活BWP内,不在激活BWP之外的频域范围内收发信号。7) The terminal only operates within the active BWP and does not transmit or receive signals in the frequency domain outside the active BWP.

8)物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)、PDCCH都在下行激活BWP中传输,物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)、物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)都在激活的上行BWP中传输。8) The Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and PDCCH are transmitted in the active downlink BWP, while the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) and Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) are transmitted in the active uplink BWP.

5、RLF恢复过程5. RLF recovery process

为了降低RLF带来的业务中断,R16中引入了主小区组(Master Cell Group,MCG)快速恢复功能。当MCG(MCG的主小区(PrimaryCell,PCell))发生RLF时,若辅小区组(Secondary Cell Group,SCG)可用,则通过SCG链路向网络发送指示,触发网络侧快速恢复MCG链路,否则触发连接重建。相应地,当SCG发生RLF时,也会通过MCG上报有关RLF的消息。To mitigate service interruptions caused by Recurrent Leaks (RLFs), Release 16 introduced a fast recovery feature for the Master Cell Group (MCG). When an RLF occurs in an MCG (its primary cell, PCell), if the Secondary Cell Group (SCG) is available, an indication is sent to the network via the SCG link, triggering the network to quickly restore the MCG link; otherwise, connection reconstruction is triggered. Correspondingly, when an RLF occurs in an SCG, a message regarding the RLF is also reported via the MCG.

上面对本申请中涉及到的相关技术/术语做了简单说明,下文实施例中不再赘述。The above provides a brief explanation of the relevant technologies/terms involved in this application, which will not be repeated in the following embodiments.

目前,以RLF检测为目的的RLM在PCell或PSCell上执行,且与RLF判定相关的条件也在PCell和PSCell中配置,若Pcell或PSCell发生RLF,则认为Pcell或PSCell所在的小区组发生RLF。该方法使得同一个小区组的小区之间的RLF检测结果存在较强的绑定关系,无法灵活地进行无线链路监测。Currently, RLM for RLF detection is executed on PCell or PSCell, and the conditions related to RLF determination are also configured in PCell and PSCell. If an RLF occurs in Pcell or PSCell, it is assumed that an RLF has occurred in the cell group to which Pcell or PSCell belongs. This method results in a strong binding relationship between RLF detection results between cells in the same cell group, making it difficult to flexibly monitor radio links.

有鉴于此,本申请提供一种无线链路监测方法、装置、设备、芯片和存储介质。在该方法中,终端设备可接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信。进一步地,终端设备可在该时频域位置上接收来自网设备的该一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,可用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。In view of this, this application provides a wireless link monitoring method, apparatus, device, chip, and storage medium. In this method, a terminal device can receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain location of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device. Further, the terminal device can receive the one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions can be used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF (Remote Link Fault), and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

根据本申请实施例的方法,对于多个频率资源中的某个频率资源(如第一频率资源),终端设备可根据该频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,确定该频率资源是否发生RLF,从而可灵活地判断某个频率资源是否发生RLF,进而实现了更加灵活的无线链路监测。According to the method of the embodiments of this application, for a certain frequency resource (such as the first frequency resource) among multiple frequency resources, the terminal device can determine whether the frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and judgment conditions associated with the frequency resource, thereby flexibly determining whether a certain frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.

为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。To facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, the technical solutions of this application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The above-mentioned related technologies are optional solutions and can be arbitrarily combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, all of which fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application. The embodiments of this application include at least some of the following contents.

图2是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测方法的流程示意图。如图2所示,该方法可包括以下步骤:Figure 2 is a flowchart illustrating the wireless link monitoring method provided in an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 2, the method may include the following steps:

S201,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信。S201, the terminal device receives first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.

在本实施例中,网络设备可向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,相应地,终端设备可接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息。In this embodiment, the network device can send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device can receive the first configuration information and second configuration information from the network device.

其中,第一配置信息可用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息可用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,该多个频率资源用于终端设备与网络设备之间的通信。The first configuration information can be used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information can be used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device.

在第一种可能的场景中(记为场景#1),在该多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同。In the first possible scenario (denoted as scenario #1), the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are different among these multiple frequency resources.

例如,在该多个频率资源中,每一个频率资源可各自关联一个或多个参考信号。作为一种实现方式,某个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量,可以与终端设备的能力、该频率资源对应的频段、子载波间隔(Sub-Carrier Space,SCS)配置中的一项或多项相关。For example, in these multiple frequency resources, each frequency resource can be associated with one or more reference signals. As one implementation, the number of reference signals associated with a frequency resource can be related to one or more of the following: the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the frequency resource, and the sub-carrier space (SCS) configuration.

在场景#1中,在该多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件也不同。例如,在该多个频率资源中,每一个频率资源可各自关联一个或多个判定条件。 In scenario #1, the judgment conditions associated with different frequency resources are also different. For example, each frequency resource can be associated with one or more judgment conditions.

在第二种可能的场景中(记为场景#2),在该多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同。In the second possible scenario (denoted as scenario #2), the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same across these multiple frequency resources.

例如,该多个频率资源中的所有频率资源可关联同一组参考信号,该组参考信号中可包括一个或多个参考信号。作为一种实现方式,该组参考信号中所包括的参考信号的数量,可以与终端设备的能力、该多个频率资源对应的频段、SCS配置中的一项或多项相关。For example, all frequency resources among these multiple frequency resources can be associated with the same set of reference signals, which may include one or more reference signals. As one implementation, the number of reference signals included in this set may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency bands corresponding to the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the SCS configuration.

在场景#2中,在该多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。例如,在该多个频率资源中,每一个频率资源可各自关联一个或多个判定条件。In scenario #2, the decision conditions associated with different frequency resources are different. For example, each frequency resource can be associated with one or more decision conditions.

在第三种可能的场景中(记为场景#3),在该多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同。In the third possible scenario (denoted as scenario #3), the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same.

例如,该多个频率资源中的所有频率资源可关联同一组参考信号,该组参考信号中可包括一个或多个参考信号。作为一种实现方式,该组参考信号中所包括的参考信号的数量,可以与终端设备的能力、该多个频率资源对应的频段、SCS配置中的一项或多项相关。For example, all frequency resources among these multiple frequency resources can be associated with the same set of reference signals, which may include one or more reference signals. As one implementation, the number of reference signals included in this set may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency bands corresponding to the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the SCS configuration.

在场景#3中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件也相同。例如,该多个频率资源中的所有频率资源可关联相同的一个或多个判定条件。In scenario #3, different frequency resources are associated with the same decision criteria across multiple frequency resources. For example, all frequency resources within these multiple frequency resources can be associated with one or more of the same decision criteria.

在一些实施例中,对于场景#2和场景#3,该多个频率资源可属于同一个频率资源组,例如记为第一频率资源组。In some embodiments, for scenarios #2 and #3, the multiple frequency resources may belong to the same frequency resource group, for example, referred to as the first frequency resource group.

在一些实施例中,对于场景#1、场景#2和场景#3,第一配置信息还可以用于配置该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的标识(index)和/或类型。In some embodiments, for scenarios #1, #2, and #3, the first configuration information can also be used to configure the index and/or type of one or more reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources.

S202,终端设备在该时频域位置上接收来自网设备的该一个或多个参考信号(也即,该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号),其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF,第一频率资源包含在该多个频率资源中。S202, the terminal device receives one or more reference signals (i.e., one or more reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources) from the network device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources.

在该步骤中,网络设备可在第一配置信息配置的时频域位置上向终端设备发送该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号,相应地,终端设备可在该时频域位置上接收该多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号。进一步地,对于该多个频率资源中的第一频率资源,终端设备可基于该第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,确定该第一频率资源是否发生RLF,如此,可灵活地判断某个频率资源是否发生RLF,从而实现了更加灵活的无线链路监测。In this step, the network device can send one or more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain location configured in the first configuration information. Correspondingly, the terminal device can receive one or more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources at the same time-frequency domain location. Furthermore, for the first frequency resource among the multiple frequency resources, the terminal device can determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions. In this way, it is possible to flexibly determine whether a frequency resource has experienced an RLF, thereby achieving more flexible wireless link monitoring.

下面介绍适用于场景#1和场景#2的方案。The following describes solutions applicable to scenarios #1 and #2.

在一些实施例中,对于场景#1和场景#2,第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件可包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长。In some embodiments, for scenarios #1 and #2, the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which may include a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration.

其中,第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定终端设备在第一频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内,终端设备在第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF。The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold and the number of times the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first time period are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced RLF.

举例来说,终端设备可对第一参考信号进行测量,若测量结果小于或等于第三阈值,则认为终端设备在第一频率资源上出现失步,该第三阈值可根据第一阈值确定。其中,第一阈值例如可表示对于数据传输最大可容忍的错误率,第三阈值可表示基于第一阈值确定的信号强度,当测量结果小于或等于该信号强度时,可认为数据传输的错误率较高,从而可判定为出现失步。基于对第一参考信号进行多次测量得到的测量结果,可得到一组判断结果,该组判断结果中,包括“终端设备在第一频率资源上出现失步”的判断结果,和/或,“终端设备在第一频率资源上未出现失步”的判断结果。进一步地,在第一时长内,若该组判断结果中存在连续的N个判断结果为“终端设备在第一频率资源上出现失步”,并且N大于或等于第二阈值,则可确定第一频率资源发生RLF。For example, the terminal device can measure a first reference signal. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on the first frequency resource. The third threshold can be determined based on the first threshold. The first threshold may represent, for example, the maximum tolerable error rate for data transmission, and the third threshold may represent the signal strength determined based on the first threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the error rate of data transmission can be considered high, thus indicating a loss of synchronization. Based on the measurement results obtained from multiple measurements of the first reference signal, a set of judgment results can be obtained. This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource," and/or a judgment result stating "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on the first frequency resource." Further, within a first time period, if there are N consecutive judgment results in this set stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource," and N is greater than or equal to a second threshold, then it can be determined that an RLF (Restricted Step Failure) has occurred on the first frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,对于该多个频率资源中的每一个频率资源,均可适用于上述第一频率资源所适用的方案。也就是说,对于该多个频率资源中的每一个频率资源,终端设备可基于每一个频率资源各自关联的参考信号和判定条件,分别确定各个频率资源是否发生RLF,从而可灵活地判断各个频率资源是否发生RLF,进而实现了更加灵活的无线链路监测。In some embodiments, the scheme applicable to the first frequency resource can be applied to each of the plurality of frequency resources. That is, for each of the plurality of frequency resources, the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and determination conditions associated with each frequency resource, thereby flexibly determining whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF, and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.

可以理解的是,由于不同频率资源的特性可能各不相同(例如,不同频率资源的带宽、传输的数据特征等不同),因此不同的频率资源对于判定是否发生RLF的判定条件的要求也可能不同,例如,不同的频率资源对于第一阈值和/或第二阈值的要求可能不同。为此,针对不同的频率资源分别配置相应的判定条件,可以更灵活地适配不同频率资源对于判定是否发生RLF的判定条件的需求。It is understandable that, since different frequency resources may have different characteristics (e.g., different frequency resources have different bandwidths, different data transmission characteristics, etc.), the requirements for determining whether an RLF has occurred may also be different for different frequency resources. For example, different frequency resources may have different requirements for the first threshold and/or the second threshold. Therefore, configuring corresponding determination conditions for different frequency resources can more flexibly adapt to the different frequency resources' requirements for determining whether an RLF has occurred.

此外,在场景#2中,不同的频率资源可关联相同的参考信号,因此,终端设备通过监测该相同的参考信号即可确定各个频率资源是否发生RLF,而不需要针对各个频率资源分别监测相应的参考信号,从而有利于节省开销。例如,该多个频率资源包括频率资源#1和频率资源#2,那么,由于频率资源#1和频率资源#2关联相同的参考信号,因此终端设备可根据该参考信号以及频率资源#1关联的判定条件 确定频率资源#1是否发生RLF,并可根据该参考信号以及频率资源#2关联的判定条件确定频率资源#2是否发生RLF。Furthermore, in scenario #2, different frequency resources can be associated with the same reference signal. Therefore, the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced an RLF by monitoring this same reference signal, without needing to monitor the corresponding reference signal for each frequency resource separately, thus saving overhead. For example, if the multiple frequency resources include frequency resource #1 and frequency resource #2, then since frequency resource #1 and frequency resource #2 are associated with the same reference signal, the terminal device can determine whether an RLF has occurred based on this reference signal and the determination criteria associated with frequency resource #1. Determine whether frequency resource #1 has experienced an RLF, and determine whether frequency resource #2 has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal and the judgment conditions associated with frequency resource #2.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下11)至15)中的一项或多项相关:In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following 11) to 15):

11)第一频率资源对应的频率范围。11) The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource.

示例性地,由于高频通常用于提供高速率、稳定的数据传输,因此,在第一频率资源对应的频率范围为高频的情况下,第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,当第一频率资源上的信号质量较差时,第一频率资源相对更容易被判定为发生RLF,从而网络设备可为终端设备重新配置可用的频率资源,以保障通信质量。For example, since high frequencies are typically used to provide high-speed, stable data transmission, when the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is high frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, when the signal quality on the first frequency resource is poor, the first frequency resource is more likely to be determined to have an RLF, so that the network device can reconfigure the available frequency resources for the terminal device to ensure communication quality.

示例性地,由于低频通常用于保证信号覆盖,因此,在第一频率资源对应的频率范围为低频的情况下,第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,第一频率资源相对不容易被判定为发生RLF,从而有利于使得终端设备能够持续在第一频率资源上接收信号。For example, since low frequencies are typically used to ensure signal coverage, when the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is low frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined as experiencing RLF, which helps the terminal device to continuously receive signals on the first frequency resource.

12)第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量。12) The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource.

示例性地,第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量越多,则可配置更小的第一阈值和/或第二阈值(在第一时长一定的情况下)。For example, the more reference signals associated with the first frequency resource, the smaller the first threshold and/or second threshold can be configured (assuming a fixed first duration).

13)第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征。13) Characteristics of service data transmitted on the first frequency resource.

其中,第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征,还可以理解为,第一频率资源所支持的业务的特征。The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource can also be understood as the characteristics of the services supported by the first frequency resource.

示例性地,若第一频率资源上传输的业务数据为高优先级和/或具有高可靠性要求的数据,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,当第一频率资源上的信号质量较差时,第一频率资源相对更容易被判定为发生RLF,从而网络设备可为终端设备配置重新配置可用的频率资源,以保障数据传输的可靠性。For example, if the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource is high priority and/or has high reliability requirements, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, when the signal quality on the first frequency resource is poor, the first frequency resource is more likely to be determined to have an RLF, so that the network device can configure the terminal device to reconfigure the available frequency resources to ensure the reliability of data transmission.

14)当前可用的频率资源的数量。14) The number of frequency resources currently available.

示例性地,若当前可用的频率资源的数量较少,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,第一频率资源相对不容易被判定为发生RLF,从而有利于避免第一频率资源被判定为发生RLF后缺少其他可用的频率资源。For example, if the number of available frequency resources is small, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined to have experienced an RLF, which helps to avoid the lack of other available frequency resources after the first frequency resource is determined to have experienced an RLF.

15)终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。15) The access technology used by the terminal equipment on the first frequency resource.

其中,接入技术例如可包括陆地网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)接入技术、非陆地网络(Non Terrestrial Networks,NTN)接入技术、侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)接入技术、NR接入技术、6G接入技术等。Access technologies may include, for example, Terrestrial Networks (TN) access technology, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) access technology, Sidelink (SL) access technology, NR access technology, and 6G access technology.

示例性地,由于NTN接入技术的通信稳定性相对较差,因此,若终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术为NTN接入技术,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,第一频率资源相对不容易被判定为发生RLF,从而有利于使得终端设备能够持续接收信号。For example, since the communication stability of NTN access technology is relatively poor, if the terminal device uses NTN access technology on the first frequency resource, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the first frequency resource is less likely to be determined to have an RLF, which is beneficial to enable the terminal device to continuously receive signals.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量可以为一个或多个。在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,不同的第一判定条件中包含的参数(如第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长)可以不同或至少部分相同。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions can be one or more. When there are multiple first determination conditions, the parameters (such as a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration) included in different first determination conditions can be different or at least partially the same.

在一些实施例中,在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF,其中,第二判定条件由网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于网络设备发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, when there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF, wherein the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.

也就是说,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,终端设备可根据第一信息和/或第二信息从该多个第一判定条件中确定一个第二判定条件,作为用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件。或者说,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,网络设备可通过第一信息和/或第二信息向终端设备指示一个第一判定条件,作为用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件(也即第二判定条件)。In other words, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the terminal device can determine a second determination condition from among the multiple first determination conditions based on first information and/or second information, as the determination condition for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource. Alternatively, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the network device can indicate a first determination condition to the terminal device through first information and/or second information, as the determination condition (i.e., the second determination condition) for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,第一信息可包括第二判定条件的标识,从而,终端设备可根据第二判定条件的标识获知用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件为第二判定条件。示例性地,第一信息例如可通过媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制单元(MAC Control Element,MAC CE)或下行物理层信号携带。In some embodiments, the first information may include an identifier of a second determination condition, thereby enabling the terminal device to determine, based on the identifier of the second determination condition, that the determination condition used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF is the second determination condition. Exemplarily, the first information may be carried, for example, through a Media Access Control (MAC) control element (MAC CE) or downlink physical layer signals.

在一些实施例中,第二信息可包括以下21)至26)中的一项或多项:In some embodiments, the second information may include one or more of the following 21) to 26):

21)各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围。21) The frequency range corresponding to each first judgment condition.

22)各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间。22) The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition.

23)各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征。23) Characteristics of the business data corresponding to each first judgment condition.

24)各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间。24) The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first judgment condition.

25)各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术。25) The access technology corresponding to each of the first judgment conditions.

26)第二判定条件的标识。 26) Identification of the second judgment condition.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可根据第二判定条件的标识获知用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件为第二判定条件,或者,终端设备可基于上述信息21)至25)中的一项或多项确定第二判定条件。In some embodiments, the terminal device may know the determination condition for determining whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF based on the identifier of the second determination condition, or the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above information 21) to 25).

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following:

第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second judgment condition.

第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition.

第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition.

当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition;

终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可基于第一频率资源对应的频率范围、第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量、第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征、当前可用的频率资源的数量、终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术中的一项或多项,以及第二信息的内容,确定第二判定条件。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource, the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource, the number of currently available frequency resources, one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource, and the content of the second information.

为便于理解,下面以终端设备基于第一频率资源对应的频率范围以及第二信息的内容确定第二判定条件为例进行说明。For ease of understanding, the following explanation will take the example of a terminal device determining the second judgment condition based on the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource and the content of the second information.

作为一个示例,终端设备可基于第一频率资源对应的频率范围,以及第二信息中包含的各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围,确定所使用的第二判定条件。举例来说,假设第一判定条件#1对应的频率范围为频率范围#1,第一判定条件#2对应的频率范围为频率范围#2,那么,若第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在频率范围#1之内,则可将第一判定条件#1确定为第二判定条件(也即用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件);若第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在频率范围#2之内,则可将第一判定条件#2确定为第二判定条件。As an example, the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource and the frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions contained in the second information. For example, assuming that the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #1 is frequency range #1 and the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #2 is frequency range #2, then if the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within frequency range #1, the first determination condition #1 can be determined as the second determination condition (that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF); if the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within frequency range #2, the first determination condition #2 can be determined as the second determination condition.

根据本实施例的方法,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,终端设备可使用该多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF,且第二判定条件与第一频率资源的特性(例如,第一频率资源对应的频率范围、第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量、第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征、终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术中的一项或多项)和/或当前可用的频率资源的数量相关,如此,可使得第二判定条件与第一频率资源的特性和/或当前的实际场景能够更好地适配。According to the method of this embodiment, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the terminal device can use a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF. The second determination condition is related to the characteristics of the first frequency resource (e.g., the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource, the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource, and one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource) and/or the number of currently available frequency resources. In this way, the second determination condition can be better adapted to the characteristics of the first frequency resource and/or the current actual scenario.

在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,相应地,网络设备可接收来自终端设备的第三信息,第三信息用于指示第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the method may further include: when a first frequency resource experiences an RLF, the terminal device sends third information to the network device via a second frequency resource; correspondingly, the network device may receive the third information from the terminal device, the third information being used to indicate that the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.

也就是说,在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,终端设备可通过一个未发生RLF的的频率资源(如第二频率资源)向网络设备发送第三信息,以指示第一频率资源发生RLF。其中,第二频率资源可以是该多个频率资源中的某一个未发生RLF的频率资源,或者,可以是该多个频率资源之外的某一个未发生RLF的频率资源。In other words, if an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure) occurs on the first frequency resource, the terminal device can send third information to the network device through a frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF (such as the second frequency resource) to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource. The second frequency resource can be one of the multiple frequency resources that has not experienced an RLF, or it can be any frequency resource other than the multiple frequency resources that has not experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第三信息可通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Contro,RRC)信令或MAC CE携带,该RRC信令或MAC CE可用于指示一个或多个频率资源(包括第一频率资源)发生RLF。In some embodiments, the third information may be carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or MAC CE, which may be used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on one or more frequency resources (including the first frequency resource).

一示例,第三信息可通过RRC信令携带,该RRC信令中可携带一个或多个频率资源的标识/索引(index),以指示该一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。As an example, the third information can be carried via RRC signaling, which may carry the identifier/index of one or more frequency resources to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the one or more frequency resources.

另一示例,第三信息可通过MAC CE携带,在该MAC CE中,例如可通过位图(bitmap)的形式指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。例如,该MAC CE中包括多个频率资源对应的比特位,若某个频率资源对应的比特位为第一数值,则表示该频率资源发生RLF,若某个频率资源对应的比特位不为第一数值,则表示该频率资源未发生RLF。In another example, third information can be carried through a MAC CE, which can indicate, for example, that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure). For instance, the MAC CE includes bits corresponding to multiple frequency resources; if a bit corresponding to a frequency resource is a first value, it indicates that the frequency resource has experienced an RLF; if a bit corresponding to a frequency resource is not a first value, it indicates that the frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源(例如,所有频率资源均发生RLF),则终端设备可向网络设备发送第四信息,相应地,网络设备可接收来自终端设备的第四信息,第四信息用于触发终端设备与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。或者说,在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则可触发终端设备与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the method may further include: if a first frequency resource experiences an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure), and no available frequency resource exists (e.g., all frequency resources experience RLF), the terminal device may send fourth information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device may receive the fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Rate Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device. Alternatively, if a first frequency resource experiences an RLF and no available frequency resource exists, the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device may be triggered.

根据本实施例的方法,由于不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同,因此针对不同的频率资源,可相对独立地进行RLF检测,各个频率资源之间的RLF检测结果之间不存在绑定关系,例如,当某一个频率资源被判定为发生RLF时,不会导致其他频率资源也被判定为发生RLF,因此减小了触发RRC连接重建而导致业务中断的几率。According to the method of this embodiment, since the judgment conditions associated with different frequency resources are different, RLF detection can be performed relatively independently for different frequency resources. There is no binding relationship between the RLF detection results of each frequency resource. For example, when a certain frequency resource is determined to have an RLF, it will not cause other frequency resources to be determined to have an RLF, thus reducing the probability of triggering RRC connection reconstruction and causing service interruption.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可基于第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,确定第一频率资源是 否发生RLF,该第一频率资源可以是:网络设备指示的(配置的)频率资源;或者,终端设备当前使用的频率资源;或者,用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源(例如,用于传输最高优先级的业务数据的频率资源);或者,终端设备默认使用的频率资源;或者,终端设备初始使用的频率资源;或者,包含参考信号的频率资源(例如,包含第一参考信号的频率资源)。In some embodiments, the terminal device may determine that the first frequency resource is based on a reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and a determination condition. Whether an RLF occurs, the first frequency resource can be: a frequency resource indicated (configured) by the network device; or a frequency resource currently used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource used to transmit specific service data (e.g., a frequency resource used to transmit the highest priority service data); or a frequency resource used by default by the terminal device; or a frequency resource initially used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal (e.g., a frequency resource containing a first reference signal).

下面介绍适用于场景#3的方案。The following section introduces a solution applicable to scenario #3.

在场景#3中,该多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,可用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF。由于不同的频率资源可关联相同的参考信号和判定条件,因此有利于节省开销。In scenario #3, the reference signals and decision conditions associated with these multiple frequency resources can be used to determine whether an RLF (Recurrent Leakage) has occurred on these frequency resources. Since different frequency resources can be associated with the same reference signals and decision conditions, this helps to save overhead.

在一些实施例中,对于场景#3,该多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,该多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件可包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长。In some embodiments, for scenario #3, the reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which may include a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration.

其中,第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定终端设备在该多个频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内终端设备在该多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF。The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources; the second threshold and the number of times the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources in a first time period are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.

举例来说,终端设备可对第一参考信号进行测量,若测量结果小于或等于第三阈值,则认为终端设备在该多个频率资源上出现失步,该第三阈值可根据第一阈值确定。其中,第一阈值例如可表示对于数据传输最大可容忍的错误率,第三阈值可表示基于第一阈值确定的信号强度,当测量结果小于或等于该信号强度时,可认为数据传输的错误率较高,从而可判定为出现失步。基于对第一参考信号进行多次测量得到的测量结果,可得到一组判断结果,该组判断结果中,包括“终端设备在该多个频率资源上出现失步”的判断结果,和/或,“终端设备在该多个频率资源上未出现失步”的判断结果。进一步地,在第一时长内,若该组判断结果中存在连续的N个判断结果为“终端设备在该多个频率资源上出现失步”,并且N大于或等于第二阈值,则可确定该多个频率资源发生RLF。For example, the terminal device can measure a first reference signal. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources. The third threshold can be determined based on the first threshold. The first threshold may represent, for example, the maximum tolerable error rate for data transmission, and the third threshold may represent the signal strength determined based on the first threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the data transmission error rate is considered high, thus indicating a loss of synchronization. Based on the measurement results obtained from multiple measurements of the first reference signal, a set of judgment results can be obtained. This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating that "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources," and/or a judgment result stating that "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources." Further, within a first time period, if there are N consecutive judgment results in this set stating that "the terminal device has lost synchronization on the multiple frequency resources," and N is greater than or equal to a second threshold, then it can be determined that an RLF (Restricted Link Fault) has occurred on the multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下31)至35)中的一项或多项相关:In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following 31) to 35):

31)该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围。31) The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率资源中的某一个频率资源对应的频率范围相关。例如,在该频率资源对应的频率范围为高频的情况下,第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下),以保障通信质量;在该频率资源对应的频率范围为低频的情况下,第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下),以尽可能使得终端设备能够持续在该频率资源上接收信号。As an example, the first determination condition may be related to the frequency range corresponding to one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the frequency range corresponding to the frequency resource is high-frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed) to ensure communication quality; if the frequency range corresponding to the frequency resource is low-frequency, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed) to enable the terminal device to continuously receive signals on the frequency resource as much as possible.

另一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率中的两个或两个以上频率资源对应的频率范围相关,也就是说,第一判定条件的配置可以综合考虑两个或两个以上频率资源对应的频率范围。例如,若该两个或两个以上频率资源中的大多数频率资源的频率范围为高频,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下)。In another example, the first determination condition may be related to the frequency range corresponding to two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the frequency range corresponding to two or more frequency resources. For example, if the frequency range of most of the two or more frequency resources is high frequency, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed).

32)该多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量。32) The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources.

示例性地,该多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量越多,则可配置更小的第一阈值和/或第二阈值(在第一时长一定的情况下)。For example, the more reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources, the smaller the first threshold and/or second threshold can be configured (assuming a fixed first duration).

33)该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征。33) Characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率资源中的某一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征相关。例如,若该频率资源上传输的业务数据为高优先级和/或具有高可靠性要求的数据,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下),以保障数据传输的可靠性。As an example, the first determination criterion may be related to the characteristics of the service data transmitted on one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the service data transmitted on that frequency resource is high-priority and/or has high reliability requirements, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination criterion may be relatively small (given a fixed first duration) to ensure the reliability of data transmission.

另一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率中的两个或两个以上频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征相关,也就是说,第一判定条件的配置可以综合考虑两个或两个以上频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征。例如,若该两个或两个以上频率资源中的大多数频率资源上传输的业务数据为高优先级和/或具有高可靠性要求的数据,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较小(在第一时长一定的情况下),以保障数据传输的可靠性。In another example, the first determination condition may be related to the characteristics of the service data transmitted on two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the characteristics of the service data transmitted on two or more frequency resources. For example, if the service data transmitted on most of the two or more frequency resources is high-priority and/or has high reliability requirements, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively small (when the first duration is fixed) to ensure the reliability of data transmission.

34)当前可用的频率资源的数量。34) The number of frequency resources currently available.

示例性地,若当前可用的频率资源的数量较少,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下),这样,该多个频率资源相对不容易被判定为发生RLF,从而有利于避免该多个频率资源被判定为发生RLF后缺少其他可用的频率资源。For example, if the number of currently available frequency resources is small, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition can be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed). In this way, the multiple frequency resources are less likely to be determined to have experienced RLF, which helps to avoid the lack of other available frequency resources after the multiple frequency resources are determined to have experienced RLF.

35)终端设备在该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术(如TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G等)。35) The access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal equipment on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率资源中的某一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术相关。例如,若终端设备在该频率资源上所使用的接入技术为NTN接入技术,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下)。 As an example, the first determination criterion may be related to the access technology used on one of the multiple frequency resources. For instance, if the terminal device uses NTN access technology on that frequency resource, the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination criterion may be relatively large (given a fixed first duration).

另一示例,第一判定条件可以与该多个频率中的两个或两个以上频率资源上所使用的接入技术相关,也就是说,第一判定条件的配置可以综合考虑两个或两个以上频率资源上所使用的接入技术。例如,若该两个或两个以上频率资源中的大多数频率资源上所使用的接入技术为NTN接入技术,则第一判定条件中的第一阈值和/或第二阈值可相对较大(在第一时长一定的情况下)。In another example, the first determination condition may be related to the access technology used on two or more frequency resources among the plurality of frequencies. That is, the configuration of the first determination condition can comprehensively consider the access technologies used on two or more frequency resources. For example, if the access technology used on most of the two or more frequency resources is NTN access technology, then the first threshold and/or the second threshold in the first determination condition may be relatively large (when the first duration is fixed).

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个。在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,不同的第一判定条件中包含的参数(如第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长)可以不同或至少部分相同。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions is one or more. When there are multiple first determination conditions, the parameters (such as a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration) included in different first determination conditions may be different or at least partially the same.

在一些实施例中,在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF,其中,第二判定条件由网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于网络设备发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, when there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF, wherein the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.

也就是说,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,终端设备可根据第一信息和/或第二信息从该多个第一判定条件中确定一个第二判定条件,作为用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件。或者说,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,网络设备可通过第一信息和/或第二信息向终端设备指示一个第一判定条件,作为用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件(也即第二判定条件)。In other words, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the terminal device can determine a second determination condition from among the multiple first determination conditions based on first information and/or second information, as the determination condition for determining whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF. Alternatively, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the network device can indicate a first determination condition to the terminal device through first information and/or second information, as the determination condition (i.e., the second determination condition) for determining whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第一信息可包括第二判定条件的标识,从而,终端设备可根据第二判定条件的标识获知用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件为第二判定条件。示例性地,第一信息例如可通过MAC CE或下行物理层信号携带。In some embodiments, the first information may include an identifier of a second determination condition, thereby allowing the terminal device to determine, based on the identifier of the second determination condition, whether the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure). Exemplarily, the first information may be carried via a MAC CE (Machine Interface Certificate) or a downlink physical layer signal.

在一些实施例中,第二信息可包括以下41)至46)中的一项或多项:In some embodiments, the second information may include one or more of the following 41) to 46):

41)各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围。41) The frequency range corresponding to each first judgment condition.

42)各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间。42) The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition.

43)各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征。43) Characteristics of the business data corresponding to each first judgment condition.

44)各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间。44) The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first judgment condition.

45)各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术。45) The access technology corresponding to each of the first judgment conditions.

46)第二判定条件的标识。46) Identification of the second judgment condition.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可根据第二判定条件的标识获知用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件为第二判定条件,或者,终端设备可基于上述信息41)至45)中的一项或多项确定第二判定条件。In some embodiments, the terminal device may know the determination condition used to determine whether the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF based on the identifier of the second determination condition, or the terminal device may determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above information 41) to 45).

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following:

该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition.

该多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition;

第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second judgment condition;

第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括终端设备在该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

根据本实施例的方法,终端设备可基于上述31)至35)中的一项或多项以及第二信息的内容确定第二判定条件。According to the method of this embodiment, the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on one or more of the above 31) to 35) and the content of the second information.

为便于理解,下面以终端设备基于该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围以及第二信息的内容确定第二判定条件为例进行说明。For ease of understanding, the following explanation uses the example of a terminal device determining the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources and the content of the second information.

作为一个示例,终端设备可基于该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围,以及第二信息中包含的各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围,确定所使用的第二判定条件。举例来说,假设第一判定条件#1对应的频率范围为频率范围#1,第一判定条件#2对应的频率范围为频率范围#2,那么,若该至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在频率范围#1之内,则可将第一判定条件#1确定为第二判定条件(也即用于确定该多个频率资源是否发生RLF的判定条件);若该至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在频率范围#2之内,则可将第一判定条件#2确定为第二判定条件。As an example, the terminal device can determine the second determination condition based on the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources and the frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions contained in the second information. For example, assuming that the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #1 is frequency range #1 and the frequency range corresponding to the first determination condition #2 is frequency range #2, then if the frequency range corresponding to the at least one frequency resource is included within frequency range #1, the first determination condition #1 can be determined as the second determination condition (that is, the determination condition used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF); if the frequency range corresponding to the at least one frequency resource is included within frequency range #2, the first determination condition #2 can be determined as the second determination condition.

根据本实施例的方法,在配置了多个第一判定条件的情况下,终端设备可使用该多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件确定该多个第一频率资源是否发生RLF,且第二判定条件与该多个频率资源的特性(例如,该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围、该多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量、该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征、终端设备在该多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术中的一项或多项)和/或当前可用的频率资源的数量相关,如此,可使得第二判定条件与该多个频率资源的特性和/或当前的实际场景能够更好地适配。 According to the method of this embodiment, when multiple first determination conditions are configured, the terminal device can use a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions to determine whether the multiple first frequency resources have experienced RLF. The second determination condition is related to the characteristics of the multiple frequency resources (e.g., the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources, the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources, the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources, and one or more of the access technologies used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources) and/or the number of currently available frequency resources. In this way, the second determination condition can be better adapted to the characteristics of the multiple frequency resources and/or the current actual scenario.

在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备在该多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,相应地,网络设备可接收来自终端设备的第三信息,第三信息用于指示该多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the method may further include: when the plurality of frequency resources experience an RLF, the terminal device sends third information to the network device through the second frequency resource, and the network device may receive the third information from the terminal device, the third information being used to indicate that the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,该多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。也就是说,当第一频率资源组中的频率资源发生RLF时,可通过其他未发生RLF的频率资源组(如第二频率资源组)中的某个频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,以指示该多个频率资源发生RLF。In some embodiments, the plurality of frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group. That is, when a frequency resource in the first frequency resource group experiences an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure), a third message can be sent to the network device through a frequency resource in another frequency resource group that has not experienced an RLF (such as the second frequency resource group) to indicate that the plurality of frequency resources have experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第三信息可通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。In some embodiments, third information may be carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.

一示例,在第三信息通过RRC信令携带的情况下,该RRC信令中可携带1比特(bit)失败指示。在一些场景中,终端设备可被配置两个频率资源组,假设分别记为频率资源组#1和频率资源组#2,若该多个频率资源属于频率资源组#1,那么,当该多个频率资源发生RLF时,终端设备可通过频率资源组#2中的频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,如此,网络设备可基于传输第三信息的频率资源获知频率资源组#2未发生RLF,进而可获知频率资源组#1发生RLF,也即该多个频率资源发生RLF。For example, when the third information is carried via RRC signaling, the RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication. In some scenarios, a terminal device may be configured with two frequency resource groups, denoted as frequency resource group #1 and frequency resource group #2. If the multiple frequency resources belong to frequency resource group #1, then when a Recurrent Frequency Failure (RLF) occurs on these multiple frequency resources, the terminal device can send the third information to the network device through the frequency resources in frequency resource group #2. In this way, the network device can determine that frequency resource group #2 has not experienced an RLF based on the frequency resources transmitting the third information, and thus determine that frequency resource group #1 has experienced an RLF, i.e., all of these multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF.

另一示例,在第三信息通过RRC信令携带的情况下,该RRC信令中可携带1比特(bit)失败指示,以及该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引。其中,该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引可以是该多个频率资源各自对应的标识/索引;或者,当该多个频率资源属于某一个频率资源组时,该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引可以是该频率资源组对应的标识/索引。In another example, when the third information is carried via RRC signaling, the RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication, as well as the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources. The identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the individual identifiers/indexes of each of the multiple frequency resources; or, when the multiple frequency resources belong to a frequency resource group, the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the frequency resource group.

又一示例,在第三信息通过RRC信令携带的情况下,该RRC信令中可携带该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引,从而,网络设备可根据该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引获知该多个频率资源发生RLF。其中,该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引可以是该多个频率资源各自对应的标识/索引;或者,当该多个频率资源属于某一个频率资源组时,该多个频率资源对应的标识/索引可以是该频率资源组对应的标识/索引。In another example, when the third information is carried via RRC signaling, the RRC signaling may carry the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources. Thus, the network device can determine that an RLF has occurred for the multiple frequency resources based on these identifiers/indexes. The identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the individual identifiers/indexes of each frequency resource; or, when the multiple frequency resources belong to a frequency resource group, the identifiers/indexes corresponding to the multiple frequency resources can be the identifiers/indexes of that frequency resource group.

在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:在该多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源(例如,所有频率资源/频率资源组均发生RLF),则终端设备可向网络设备发送第四信息,相应地,网络设备可接收来自终端设备的第四信息,第四信息用于触发终端设备与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。或者说,在该多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则可触发终端设备与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the method may further include: in the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) occurring on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist (e.g., all frequency resources/frequency resource groups experience RLF), the terminal device may send fourth information to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device may receive the fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Rate Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device. Alternatively, in the event of an RLF occurring on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist, the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device may be triggered.

在一些实施例中,场景#1、场景2和场景#3中的第二频率资源可以为以下51)至53)中的其中之一:In some embodiments, the second frequency resource in scenarios #1, #2, and #3 can be one of the following 51) to 53):

51)终端设备已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源。51) Any frequency resource that has been configured on the terminal device that has not experienced an RLF.

52)终端设备已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源。52) Specific frequency resources among the frequency resources already configured in the terminal equipment.

该特定频率资源例如可为:默认(default)频率资源、初始(initial)频率资源或低带宽的小频率资源。This specific frequency resource can be, for example, a default frequency resource, an initial frequency resource, or a small frequency resource with low bandwidth.

53)终端设备已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。53) Frequency resources configured in the terminal equipment that meet specific conditions for signal quality.

信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源例如可为:信号质量最好的频率资源,或者,信号质量高于一定门限的频率资源。Frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions can be, for example, the frequency resources with the best signal quality, or frequency resources with signal quality above a certain threshold.

在一些实施例中,该多个频率资源可位于一段连续的频段内,或者,该多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。其中,该多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址,还可以理解为,该多个频率资源是共址的网络设备所支持的频率资源,或者还可以理解为,该多个频率资源是在共址网络设备上配置的多个频率资源。In some embodiments, the plurality of frequency resources may be located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the plurality of frequency resources may be co-located. Co-location of the network devices associated with the plurality of frequency resources can also be understood as the plurality of frequency resources being frequency resources supported by the co-located network devices, or as the plurality of frequency resources being multiple frequency resources configured on the co-located network devices.

可以理解的是,若该多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,若该多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址,则说明该多个频率资源上的信号质量较接近,因此,若该多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,若该多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址,则可针对该多个频率资源配置相同的参考信号,也即,不同的频率资源可关联的参考信号相同。例如在场景#2和场景#3中,该多个频率资源可位于一段连续的频段内,或者,该多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址,故可针对该多个频率资源配置相同的参考信号。如此,终端设备通过监测该相同的参考信号即可确定各个频率资源是否发生RLF,而不需要针对各个频率资源分别监测相应的参考信号,从而有利于节省开销。It is understandable that if multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or if the network devices associated with these multiple frequency resources are co-located, it indicates that the signal quality on these multiple frequency resources is relatively similar. Therefore, if multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or if the network devices associated with these multiple frequency resources are co-located, the same reference signal can be configured for these multiple frequency resources. That is, different frequency resources can be associated with the same reference signal. For example, in scenarios #2 and #3, the multiple frequency resources may be located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with these multiple frequency resources may be co-located, so the same reference signal can be configured for these multiple frequency resources. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether each frequency resource has experienced RLF by monitoring the same reference signal, without needing to monitor the corresponding reference signal for each frequency resource separately, thereby saving overhead.

在一些实施例中,上述的频率资源可以为BWP。也就是说,终端设备可根据某个BWP关联的参考信号和判定条件,确定该BWP是否发生RLF,从而可灵活地判断某个BWP是否发生RLF,进而实现了更加灵活的无线链路监测。In some embodiments, the frequency resources mentioned above can be BWPs. That is, the terminal device can determine whether a BWP has experienced an RLF based on the reference signal associated with that BWP and the determination conditions, thereby flexibly determining whether a BWP has experienced an RLF and thus realizing more flexible wireless link monitoring.

上文介绍了本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测方法,为便于理解本申请的实施例,下面以频率资源为BWP为例,介绍适用于本申请实施例的无线链路监测方法的可能的实现方案。The wireless link monitoring method provided in the embodiments of this application has been introduced above. To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the following uses BWP as a frequency resource as an example to introduce possible implementation schemes of the wireless link monitoring method applicable to the embodiments of this application.

图3是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测方法的一种可能的实现流程示意图。如图3所示,该实现流程可包括以下步骤: Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible implementation flow of the wireless link monitoring method provided in this application embodiment. As shown in Figure 3, the implementation flow may include the following steps:

S301,网络设备向终端设备发送与RLM(RLF检测)相关的配置信息。S301, the network device sends configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device.

S302,终端设备基于与RLM相关的配置信息进行RLM(RLF检测)。S302, the terminal device performs RLM (RLF detection) based on the configuration information related to RLM.

S303,终端设备向网络设备发送RLF报告(RLF信息)。S303, the terminal device sends an RLF report (RLF information) to the network device.

下面介绍适用于上述S301至S303的三种可能的实现方案,分别记为方案一、方案二和方案三。The following describes three possible implementation schemes applicable to S301 to S303 above, referred to as Scheme 1, Scheme 2 and Scheme 3 respectively.

方案一Option 1

在方案一中,可针对每个BWP分别配置相应的参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)配置,并可针对每个BWP分别配置相应的RLF判定条件(可简称为判定条件)。换句话说,RS的配置粒度为每个BWP(per-BWP),且RLF判定条件的配置粒度也为per-BWP。终端设备可针对每个BWP独立进行RLM(RLF检测),当发现有BWP发生RLF时,若存在其他可用BWP(未发生RLF的BWP),则终端设备可通过其他可用BWP向网络设备上报RLF信息;若所有BWP均发生RLF,则可触发RRC连接重建过程。In Scheme 1, a corresponding Reference Signal (RS) configuration can be set for each BWP, and corresponding RLF determination conditions (hereinafter referred to as determination conditions) can also be set for each BWP. In other words, the configuration granularity of RS is per BWP, and the configuration granularity of RLF determination conditions is also per BWP. The terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) independently for each BWP. When an RLF is detected in a BWP, if there are other available BWPs (BWPs that have not experienced RLF), the terminal device can report the RLF information to the network device through the other available BWPs; if all BWPs experience RLF, the RRC connection reconstruction process can be triggered.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,为某个BWP配置的RS配置,即为该BWP关联的RS配置,为某个BWP配置的RLF判定条件,即为该BWP关联的RLF判定条件。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of this application, the RS configuration configured for a certain BWP is the RS configuration associated with that BWP, and the RLF determination condition configured for a certain BWP is the RLF determination condition associated with that BWP.

在方案一中,网络设备可向终端设备发送与RLM(RLF检测)相关的配置信息,该配置信息可包括RS配置(对应前述实施例中的第一配置信息)和RLF判定条件配置(对应前述实施例中的第二配置信息)。In Scheme 1, the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device. This configuration information may include RS configuration (corresponding to the first configuration information in the aforementioned embodiments) and RLF determination condition configuration (corresponding to the second configuration information in the aforementioned embodiments).

在一些实施例中,RS配置是针对每个BWP进行配置的,每个BWP可以配置一个或多个RS配置。示例性地,每个BWP所能配置的RS配置的数量,与终端设备的能力、该BWP对应的频段、SCS配置等相关。In some embodiments, RS configuration is performed on a per-BWP basis, and each BWP can be configured with one or more RS configurations. For example, the number of RS configurations that can be configured for each BWP is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP, the SCS configuration, etc.

在一些实施例中,RS配置可包括:RS的标识(index);RS的类型;RS的具体时频域位置。In some embodiments, RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置是针对每个BWP分别进行配置的。In some embodiments, the RLF decision condition configuration is configured separately for each BWP.

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置可包括:In some embodiments, the RLF decision condition configuration may include:

用于判定BWP是否发生RLF的定时器值(timer)(对应前述实施例中的第一时长)和连续最大失步次数(对应前述实施例中的第二阈值);The timer value (timer) used to determine whether BWP has experienced RLF (corresponding to the first duration in the aforementioned embodiment) and the maximum number of consecutive step loss (corresponding to the second threshold in the aforementioned embodiment);

用于判定终端设备在BWP上是否出现失步的可容忍错误门限(对应前述实施例中的第一阈值)。A tolerable error threshold (corresponding to the first threshold in the aforementioned embodiments) is used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the BWP.

举例来说,针对BPW关联的某个RS,终端设备可对该RS进行测量,若测量结果小于或等于第三阈值,则认为终端设备在该BPW上出现失步。其中,第三阈值可以是基于该可容忍错误门限确定的信号强度,当测量结果小于或等于该信号强度时,可认为数据传输的错误率较高,不满足该可容忍错误门限的要求,从而可判定为出现失步。基于对RS进行多次测量得到的测量结果,可得到一组判断结果,该组判断结果中,包括“终端设备在该BPW上出现失步”的判断结果,和/或,“终端设备在该BPW上未出现失步”的判断结果。进一步地,在该定时器值对应的时长内,若该组判断结果中连续出现N个判断结果为“终端设备在该BPW上出现失步”,并且N大于或等于该连续最大失步次数,则可认为该BPW发生RLF。For example, for a specific RS associated with a BPW, the terminal device can measure that RS. If the measurement result is less than or equal to a third threshold, the terminal device is considered to have lost synchronization on that BPW. The third threshold can be a signal strength determined based on a tolerable error threshold. When the measurement result is less than or equal to this signal strength, the data transmission error rate is considered high, failing to meet the tolerable error threshold requirement, thus indicating a loss of synchronization. Based on the measurement results obtained from multiple measurements of the RS, a set of judgment results can be obtained. This set of judgment results includes a judgment result stating "the terminal device has lost synchronization on this BPW," and/or a judgment result stating "the terminal device has not lost synchronization on this BPW." Further, within the duration corresponding to the timer value, if N consecutive judgment results in this set state "the terminal device has lost synchronization on this BPW," and N is greater than or equal to the maximum consecutive loss of synchronization count, then the BPW is considered to have experienced a Regression-Range Function (RLF).

在一些实施例中,针对每个BWP,可配置一套或多套RLF判定条件。举例来说,针对BWP#1配置的多套RLF判定条件可包括RLF判定条件#1(多套中的一套RLF判定条件)和RLF判定条件#2(多套中的另一套RLF判定条件)。其中,RLF判定条件#1中的参数(如定时器值(timer)、连续最大失步次数和可容忍错误门限)与RLF判定条件#2中的参数可以不同或至少部分相同。In some embodiments, one or more sets of RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP. For example, the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions configured for BWP#1 may include RLF decision condition #1 (one of the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions) and RLF decision condition #2 (another of the multiple sets of RLF decision conditions). The parameters in RLF decision condition #1 (such as timer value, maximum consecutive step loss count, and tolerable error threshold) may be different from or at least partially the same as the parameters in RLF decision condition #2.

在一些实施例中,影响某个BWP关联的RLF判定条件的因素可包括以下a)至e)中的一项或多项:In some embodiments, factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP association may include one or more of the following a) through e):

a)该BWP对应的频率范围(高频还是低频等)。a) The frequency range corresponding to the BWP (high frequency or low frequency, etc.).

例如,高频通常用于提供高速率的数据传输,低频通常用于保证覆盖,因此对于低频可以配置更大的连续最大失步次数(定时器值一定的情况下),和/或更高的可容忍错误门限。For example, high frequencies are typically used to provide high-speed data transmission, while low frequencies are typically used to ensure coverage. Therefore, for low frequencies, a larger maximum number of consecutive out-of-step counts (with a fixed timer value) and/or a higher tolerable error threshold can be configured.

b)该BWP关联的RS个数。b) The number of RSs associated with this BWP.

例如,若该BWP关联的RS个数越多,则可配置更小的连续最大失步次数(定时器值一定的情况下)。For example, the more RSs associated with the BWP, the smaller the maximum number of consecutive step losses can be configured (assuming a fixed timer value).

c)该BWP上传输的业务数据的特征,或者说,该BWP所支持的业务的特征。c) The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the BWP, or in other words, the characteristics of the services supported by the BWP.

例如,该业务数据是否是高优先级和/或具有高可靠性要求的数据,若该业务数据是高优先级和/或具有高可靠性要求的数据,则可配置更小的连续最大失步次数(测量定时器一定的情况下)和/或更低的可容忍错误门限。For example, whether the business data is high priority and/or has high reliability requirements. If the business data is high priority and/or has high reliability requirements, a smaller maximum number of consecutive step losses (assuming the measurement timer is fixed) and/or a lower tolerable error threshold can be configured.

d)当前可用的BWP的个数。d) The number of BWPs currently available.

例如,若当前可用的BWP的个数较少,则可配置更大的连续最大失步次数(定时器值一定的情况下),和/或更高的可容忍错误门限。For example, if the number of available BWPs is small, a larger maximum number of consecutive step losses can be configured (assuming a fixed timer value), and/or a higher tolerable error threshold.

e)终端设备在该BWP上所使用的接入技术(如TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G等)。 e) The access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on the BWP.

例如,若终端设备在该BWP上所使用的接入技术为NTN,则可配置更大的连续最大失步次数(定时器值一定的情况下),和/或更高的可容忍错误门限。For example, if the terminal device uses NTN as the access technology on the BWP, a larger maximum number of consecutive step losses (with a fixed timer value) and/or a higher tolerable error threshold can be configured.

在一些实施例中,在针对某个BWP配置了多套RLF判定条件的情况下,网络设备可以半静态和\或动态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件(也即,用于确定该BWP是否发生RLF的RLF判定条件)。In some embodiments, when multiple sets of RLF determination conditions are configured for a certain BWP, the network device can semi-statically and/or dynamically indicate the RLF determination conditions used (that is, the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether the BWP has experienced an RLF).

一示例,网络设备可以半静态地指示(如通过前述实施例中的第二信息指示)所使用的RLF判定条件。举例来说,网络设备可配置每一套RLF判定条件与上述因素的对应关系。例如,网络设备可配置每一套RLF判定条件对应的频率范围,从而,终端设备可根据该BWP对应的频率范围,选择一套频率范围与该BWP对应的频率范围相匹配的RLF判定条件,作为用于确定该BWP是否发生RLF的RLF判定条件。又例如,网络设备可配置每一套RLF判定条件对应的业务数据特的征,从而,终端设备可根据该BWP上传输的业务数据的特征,选择一套业务数据特征与该BWP上传输的业务数据的特征相匹配的RLF判定条件,作为用于确定该BWP是否发生RLF的RLF判定条件。在一些场景中,网络设备可以半静态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件的标识。For example, a network device can semi-statically indicate (as in the second information indication described in the foregoing embodiments) the RLF determination conditions used. For instance, the network device can configure the correspondence between each set of RLF determination conditions and the aforementioned factors. For example, the network device can configure the frequency range corresponding to each set of RLF determination conditions, so that the terminal device can select a set of RLF determination conditions whose frequency range matches the frequency range corresponding to the BWP, as the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP. As another example, the network device can configure the service data characteristics corresponding to each set of RLF determination conditions, so that the terminal device can select a set of RLF determination conditions whose service data characteristics match the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the BWP, as the RLF determination conditions used to determine whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP. In some scenarios, the network device can semi-statically indicate the identifier of the RLF determination conditions used.

另一示例,网络设备可以动态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件。例如,可通过MAC CE或下行物理层信号指示所使用的RLF判定条件,该MAC CE或下行物理层信号可携带所使用的RLF判定条件的标识。As another example, network devices can dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used. For instance, the RLF decision conditions used can be indicated via a MAC CE or a downlink physical layer signal, which can carry an identifier of the RLF decision conditions used.

又一示例,网络设备可通过半静态、动态相结合的方式指示所使用的RLF判定条件。As another example, network devices can indicate the RLF decision conditions used in a combination of semi-static and dynamic methods.

在方案一中,终端设备可根据每个BWP关联的RS配置和RLF判定条件,针对每个BWP独立进行RLM(RLF检测)。例如,对于某个BWP(记为BWP#1),终端设备可根据BWP#1关联的RS配置接收RS,并可根据对该RS进行测量得到的测量结果,以及BWP#1关联的RLF判定条件,确定BWP#1是否发生RLF。In Scheme 1, the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) independently for each BWP based on the RS configuration associated with each BWP and the RLF determination condition. For example, for a certain BWP (denoted as BWP#1), the terminal device can receive RS according to the RS configuration associated with BWP#1, and determine whether BWP#1 has experienced an RLF based on the measurement result obtained by measuring the RS and the RLF determination condition associated with BWP#1.

在一些实施例中,终端设备如果收到物理层上报的某个BWP上的RLF指示,则可向网络设备上报该RLF信息。In some embodiments, if a terminal device receives an RLF indication on a BWP reported by the physical layer, it may report the RLF information to the network device.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过RRC信令传输。每条RRC信令中可携带一个或多个BWP对应的RLF信息,每个BWP对应的RLF信息中可携带对应的BWP号(index)。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling. Each RRC signaling message may carry RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs, and the RLF information corresponding to each BWP may carry the corresponding BWP number (index).

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过MAC CE上报。每个MAC CE可携带一个或多个BWP对应的RLF信息。作为一种实现方式,在MAC CE中,可通过bitmap的形式指示多个BWP分别是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be reported via a MAC CE. Each MAC CE can carry RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs. As one implementation, the MAC CE can use a bitmap to indicate whether multiple BWPs have experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,某个BWP对应的RLF信息可通过任意其他可用BWP进行上报;或者,可通过特定的BWP(如默认(default)BWP/初始(initial)BWP/低带宽的小BWP)进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量最好的BWP进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量满足一定门限的BWP进行上报。In some embodiments, the RLF information corresponding to a certain BWP can be reported by any other available BWP; or, it can be reported by a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or, it can be reported by the BWP with the best signal quality; or, it can be reported by a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.

在一些实施例中,若无可用于上报RLF信息的BWP,则触发RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, if there is no BWP available for reporting RLF information, an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.

根据方案一中的技术手段,每个BWP可独立配置与RLF检测相关的配置信息,如此,可支持更灵活的RLF判定。并且,可以配置多套RLF判定条件,RLF判定条件与BWP对应的频率范围等多种因素相关,进一步增加了系统的灵活性。在方案一中,各个BWP的RLM和上报相对独立,减小了触发RRC连接重建而导致业务中断的几率,系统鲁棒性更强。According to the technical approach in Solution 1, each BWP can be independently configured with configuration information related to RLF detection, thus supporting more flexible RLF determination. Furthermore, multiple sets of RLF determination conditions can be configured, which are related to various factors such as the frequency range corresponding to the BWP, further increasing the system's flexibility. In Solution 1, the RLM and reporting of each BWP are relatively independent, reducing the probability of service interruption caused by triggering RRC connection reconstruction, resulting in stronger system robustness.

方案二Option 2

在方案二中,可针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)配置相同的RS配置,或者说,RS的配置粒度为每个BWP组(per-BWP组)(或多个BWP)。In Option 2, the same RS configuration can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the RS configuration granularity is per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,为某个BWP组(或多个BWP)配置的RS配置,即为该BWP组(或该多个BWP)关联的RS配置。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of this application, the RS configuration configured for a certain BWP group (or multiple BWPs) is the RS configuration associated with that BWP group (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,方案二可适用于多个BWP同频(intra-frequency)的情况,也即,多个BWP位于一段连续的频段内。在一些实施例中,方案二可适用于多个BWP对应共址(co-located)基站的情况,也即,在共址基站上配置多个BWP。In some embodiments, Scheme 2 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs are intra-frequency, that is, multiple BWPs are located in a continuous frequency band. In some embodiments, Scheme 2 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs correspond to co-located base stations, that is, multiple BWPs are configured on co-located base stations.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可同时被配置一个或多个BWP组,终端设备所能配置的BWP组的数量,可以与终端设备的能力相关。In some embodiments, a terminal device may be configured with one or more BWP groups simultaneously, and the number of BWP groups that a terminal device can be configured with may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device.

在方案二中,可针对每个BWP分别配置相应的RLF判定条件,或者说,RLF判定条件的配置粒度为per-BWP。对于某一个BWP组,终端设备可针对该BWP组中的一个或多个BWP进行RLM(RLF检测)。当发现某个BWP发生RLF时,若存在其他可用BWP(未发生RLF的BWP),则终端设备可通过其他可用BWP上报RLF信息;若所有BWP均发生RLF,则触发RRC连接重建过程。In Scheme 2, corresponding RLF determination conditions can be configured for each BWP, or in other words, the configuration granularity of the RLF determination conditions is per-BWP. For a certain BWP group, the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) for one or more BWPs in that BWP group. When an RLF is detected in a BWP, if there are other available BWPs (BWPs that have not experienced RLF), the terminal device can report the RLF information through the other available BWPs; if all BWPs experience RLF, the RRC connection reconstruction process is triggered.

在方案二中,网络设备可向终端设备发送与RLM(如RLF检测)相关的配置信息,该配置信息可包括RS配置和RLF判定条件配置。In Scheme 2, the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (such as RLF detection) to the terminal device. This configuration information may include RS configuration and RLF determination condition configuration.

在一些实施例中,RS配置是针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)进行配置的,每个BWP组可以配 置一个或多个RS配置。示例性地,每个BWP组所能配置的RS配置的数量,与终端设备的能力、该BWP组对应的频段、SCS配置等相关。In some embodiments, RS configuration is configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and each BWP group can be configured with... One or more RS configurations can be set. For example, the number of RS configurations that can be configured in each BWP group is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP group, the SCS configuration, etc.

在一些实施例中,RS配置可包括:RS的标识(index);RS的类型;RS的具体时频域位置。In some embodiments, RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置是针对每个BWP分别进行配置的。In some embodiments, the RLF decision condition configuration is configured separately for each BWP.

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置可包括:用于判定BWP是否发生RLF的定时器值(timer)和连续最大失步次数;用于判定终端设备在BWP上是否出现失步的可容忍错误门限。In some embodiments, the RLF determination condition configuration may include: a timer value and a maximum number of consecutive step losses for determining whether an RLF has occurred on the BWP; and a tolerable error threshold for determining whether a step loss has occurred on the BWP.

在一些实施例中,针对每个BWP,可配置一套或多套RLF判定条件。In some embodiments, one or more sets of RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP.

在一些实施例中,影响某个BWP关联的RLF判定条件的因素可包括以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP association may include one or more of the following:

该BWP对应的频率范围(高频还是低频等);The frequency range corresponding to this BWP (high frequency or low frequency, etc.);

该BWP关联的RS个数;The number of RSs associated with this BWP;

该BWP上传输的业务数据的特征,或者说,该BWP所支持的业务的特征;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the BWP, or in other words, the characteristics of the services supported by the BWP;

当前可用的BWP的个数;The number of currently available BWPs;

终端设备在该BWP上所使用的接入技术(如TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G等)。The access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on this BWP.

有关上述各个因素的介绍可参见方案一中的a)至e),这里不再赘述。For details on the above factors, please refer to a) to e) in Scheme 1, which will not be repeated here.

在一些实施例中,在针对某个BWP配置了多套RLF判定条件的情况下,网络设备可以半静态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件(例如,配置每一套RLF判定条件与上述因素的对应关系,和/或所使用的RLF判定条件的标识)和\或动态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件(例如,通过MAC CE或下行物理层信号指示所使用的RLF判定条件的标识)。In some embodiments, when multiple sets of RLF decision conditions are configured for a certain BWP, the network device may semi-statically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used) and/or dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals).

在方案二中,对于某个BWP组(或多个BWP),终端设备可根据该BWP组(或该多个BWP)关联的RS配置接收RS,并可根据对该RS进行测量得到的测量结果,确定该BWP组(或该多个BWP)中的至少一个BWP是否发生RLF。举例来说,该BWP组(或多个BWP)包括BWP#1,那么,终端设备可根据对该RS进行测量得到的测量结果,以及BWP#1关联的RLF判定条件,确定BWP#1是否发生RLF。In Scheme 2, for a BWP group (or multiple BWPs), the terminal device can receive an RS according to the RS configuration associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and determine whether at least one BWP in the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained from measuring the RS. For example, if the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) includes BWP#1, then the terminal device can determine whether BWP#1 has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained from measuring the RS and the RLF determination conditions associated with BWP#1.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可对该BWP组(或该多个BWP)中的第一BWP进行RLM(RLF检测),该第一BWP可以为:网络设备配置的(指示的)BWP;或者,当前使用的BWP;或者,特定业务对应的BWP(例如,最高优先级业务对应的BWP);或者,默认的BWP;或者,初始的BWP;或者,包含RS的BWP。In some embodiments, the terminal device may perform RLM (RLF detection) on the first BWP in the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs). The first BWP may be: a BWP configured (indicated) by the network device; or a currently used BWP; or a BWP corresponding to a specific service (e.g., a BWP corresponding to the highest priority service); or a default BWP; or an initial BWP; or a BWP containing RS.

在一些实施例中,终端设备如果收到物理层上报的某个BWP上的RLF指示,则可向网络设备上报该RLF信息。In some embodiments, if a terminal device receives an RLF indication on a BWP reported by the physical layer, it may report the RLF information to the network device.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过RRC信令传输。该RRC信令中可包括一个或多个BWP对应的RLF信息,和/或,发生RLF的一个或多个BWP的BWP号(index)。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling. The RRC signaling may include RLF information corresponding to one or more BWPs, and/or the BWP number (index) of one or more BWPs that caused the RLF.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过MAC CE上报。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be reported via MAC CE.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过当前组或其他可用BWP组进行上报。作为示例,该RLF信息可通过任意可用BWP进行上报;或者,可通过特定的BWP(如默认(default)BWP/初始(initial)BWP/低带宽的小BWP)进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量最好的BWP进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量满足一定门限的BWP进行上报。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be reported through the current group or other available BWP groups. As an example, the RLF information can be reported through any available BWP; or through a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or through the BWP with the best signal quality; or through a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.

在一些实施例中,若无其他可用BWP,则触发RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, if no other BWP is available, an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.

根据方案二中的技术手段,一段连续的频段所包括的多个BWP,或者,在共址基站上配置的多个BWP,可以共享相同的RS。如此,终端设备可以只监测该RS,而不需要针对各个BWP分别监测相应的RS,因此有利于节省开销。同时,由于不同BWP的带宽、传输的数据特性等不同,对错误容忍的程度(或者说对RLF判定条件的要求)也不同,因此,可针对每个BWP分别配置RLF判定条件,从而可以更灵活地适配不同需求。According to the technical means in Scheme 2, multiple BWPs within a continuous frequency band, or multiple BWPs configured on a co-located base station, can share the same RS. In this way, terminal equipment can monitor only the RS, instead of monitoring the corresponding RS for each BWP separately, thus saving costs. Furthermore, since different BWPs have different bandwidths, data transmission characteristics, and therefore different error tolerance levels (or requirements for RLF determination conditions), RLF determination conditions can be configured separately for each BWP, allowing for more flexible adaptation to different needs.

方案三Option 3

在方案三中,可针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)配置相同的RS配置,或者说,RS的配置粒度为每个BWP组(per-BWP组)(或多个BWP)。In Scheme 3, the same RS configuration can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the RS configuration granularity is per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,方案三可适用于多个BWP同频(intra-frequency)的情况,也即,多个BWP位于一段连续的频段内。在一些实施例中,方案三可适用于多个BWP对应共址(co-located)基站的情况,也即,在共址基站上配置多个BWP。In some embodiments, Scheme 3 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs are intra-frequency, that is, multiple BWPs are located in a continuous frequency band. In some embodiments, Scheme 3 can be applied to the case where multiple BWPs correspond to co-located base stations, that is, multiple BWPs are configured on co-located base stations.

在一些实施例中,终端设备可同时被配置一个或多个BWP组,终端设备所能配置的BWP组的数量,可以与终端设备的能力相关。In some embodiments, a terminal device may be configured with one or more BWP groups simultaneously, and the number of BWP groups that a terminal device can be configured with may be related to the capabilities of the terminal device.

在方案三中,可针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)配置相同的RLF判定条件,或者说,RLF判定条件的配置粒度也为每个BWP组(per-BWP组)(或多个BWP)。 In Scheme 3, the same RLF decision conditions can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), or in other words, the configuration granularity of the RLF decision conditions is also per BWP group (per-BWP group) (or multiple BWPs).

对于某一个BWP组(或多个BWP),终端设备可针对该BWP组(或该多个BWP)进行RLM(RLF检测),当发现该BWP组(或该多个BWP)发生RLF时,若存在其他可用BWP,则终端设备可通过其他可用BWP上报RLF信息;若不存在其他可用BWP,则触发RRC连接重建过程。其中,用于上报RLF信息的BWP例如可属于其他某个未发生RLF的BWP组。For a given BWP group (or multiple BWPs), the terminal device can perform RLM (RLF detection) for that BWP group (or multiple BWPs). When an RLF is detected in that BWP group (or multiple BWPs), if other available BWPs exist, the terminal device can report the RLF information through those other available BWPs; if no other available BWPs exist, the RRC connection reconstruction process is triggered. The BWP used to report the RLF information could, for example, belong to another BWP group that has not experienced an RLF.

在方案三中,网络设备可向终端设备发送与RLM(RLF检测)相关的配置信息,该配置信息可包括RS配置和RLF判定条件配置。In Scheme 3, the network device can send configuration information related to RLM (RLF detection) to the terminal device. This configuration information may include RS configuration and RLF determination condition configuration.

在一些实施例中,RS配置是针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)进行配置的,每个BWP组可以配置一个或多个RS配置。示例性地,每个BWP组所能配置的RS配置的数量,与终端设备的能力、该BWP组对应的频段、SCS配置等相关。In some embodiments, RS configuration is performed for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and each BWP group can be configured with one or more RS configurations. For example, the number of RS configurations that can be configured for each BWP group is related to the capabilities of the terminal device, the frequency band corresponding to the BWP group, the SCS configuration, etc.

在一些实施例中,RS配置可包括:RS的标识(index);RS的类型;RS的具体时频域位置。In some embodiments, RS configuration may include: the RS's identifier (index); the RS's type; and the RS's specific time-frequency domain location.

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置是针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP)进行配置的。In some embodiments, the RLF decision criteria configuration is configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,RLF判定条件配置可包括:用于判定BWP组(或多个BWP)是否发生RLF的定时器值(timer)和连续最大失步次数;用于判定终端设备在BWP组(或多个BWP)上是否出现失步的可容忍错误门限。In some embodiments, the RLF determination condition configuration may include: a timer value and a maximum consecutive number of steps lost for determining whether an RLF has occurred in a BWP group (or multiple BWPs); and a tolerable error threshold for determining whether a terminal device has experienced a steps lost in a BWP group (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,针对每个BWP组(或多个BWP),可配置一套或多套RLF判定条件。In some embodiments, one or more sets of RLF determination conditions can be configured for each BWP group (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,影响某个BWP组(或多个BWP)关联的RLF判定条件的因素可包括以下一项或多项:In some embodiments, the factors influencing the RLF determination criteria for a BWP group (or multiple BWPs) association may include one or more of the following:

该BWP组(或该多个BWP)中至少一个BWP对应的频率范围(高频还是低频等);The frequency range (high frequency or low frequency, etc.) corresponding to at least one BWP in the BWP group (or multiple BWPs);

该BWP组(或该多个BWP)关联的RS个数;The number of RSs associated with the BWP group (or the multiple BWPs);

该BWP组(或该多个BWP)中至少一个BWP上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one BWP in the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs);

当前可用的BWP的个数;The number of BWPs currently available;

终端设备在该BWP组(或该多个BWP)中至少一个BWP上所使用的接入技术(如TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G等)。The access technology (such as TN/NTN/SL/NR/6G, etc.) used by the terminal device on at least one BWP in the BWP group (or the multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,在针对某个BWP组(或多个BWP)配置了多套RLF判定条件的情况下,网络设备可以半静态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件(例如,配置每一套RLF判定条件与上述因素的对应关系,和/或所使用的RLF判定条件的标识)和\或动态地指示所使用的RLF判定条件(例如,通过MAC CE或下行物理层信号指示所使用的RLF判定条件的标识)。In some embodiments, when multiple sets of RLF decision conditions are configured for a certain BWP group (or multiple BWPs), the network device may semi-statically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., configure the correspondence between each set of RLF decision conditions and the above factors, and/or the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used) and/or dynamically indicate the RLF decision conditions used (e.g., indicate the identifier of the RLF decision conditions used via MAC CE or downlink physical layer signals).

在方案三中,对于某个BWP组(或多个BWP),终端设备可根据该BWP组(或该多个BWP)关联的RS配置接收RS,并可根据对该RS进行测量得到的测量结果,以及该BWP组(或该多个BWP)关联的RLF判定条件,确定该BWP组(或该多个BWP)是否发生RLF。In Scheme 3, for a certain BWP group (or multiple BWPs), the terminal device can receive RS according to the RS configuration associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs), and can determine whether the BWP group (or multiple BWPs) has experienced an RLF based on the measurement results obtained by measuring the RS and the RLF determination conditions associated with the BWP group (or multiple BWPs).

在一些实施例中,终端设备如果收到物理层上报的某个BWP组(或多个BWP)上的RLF指示,则可向网络设备上报该RLF信息。In some embodiments, if a terminal device receives an RLF indication on a BWP group (or multiple BWPs) reported by the physical layer, it may report the RLF information to the network device.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过RRC信令传输。该RRC信令中可携带1比特(bit)失败指示,和/或该BWP组(或该多个BWP)对应的标识/索引(index)。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be transmitted via RRC signaling. The RRC signaling may carry a 1-bit failure indication and/or the identifier/index corresponding to the BWP group (or the plurality of BWPs).

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过MAC CE上报。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be reported via MAC CE.

在一些实施例中,该RLF信息可通过任意其他可用BWP组上报。作为示例,该RLF信息可通过该可用BWP组内任意可用BWP进行上报;或者,可通过特定的BWP进行上报(如默认(default)BWP/初始(initial)BWP/低带宽的小BWP)进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量最好的BWP进行上报;或者,可通过信号质量满足一定门限的BWP进行上报。In some embodiments, the RLF information can be reported through any other available BWP group. For example, the RLF information can be reported through any available BWP within that available BWP group; or, it can be reported through a specific BWP (such as a default BWP/initial BWP/small BWP with low bandwidth); or, it can be reported through the BWP with the best signal quality; or, it can be reported through a BWP whose signal quality meets a certain threshold.

在一些实施例中,若无其他可用BWP组,则触发RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, if no other BWP group is available, an RRC connection reconstruction is triggered.

根据方案三中的技术手段,一段连续的频段所包括的多个BWP,或者,在共址基站上配置的多个BWP,可以共享相同的RS。如此,终端设备可以只监测该RS,而不需要针对各个BWP分别监测相应的RS,因此有利于节省开销。According to the technical means in Scheme 3, multiple BWPs included in a continuous frequency band, or multiple BWPs configured on a co-located base station, can share the same RS. In this way, the terminal equipment only needs to monitor the RS, instead of monitoring the corresponding RS for each BWP separately, thus saving costs.

需要说明的是,在一些场景中,方案二和方案三中的BWP组可以不存在配置上的绑定关系,即不存在“组”的概念,在该情况下,可以理解为多个BWP使用相同的/只有一套RS配置,终端设备只需对该RS做RLM测量。在一些场景中,该RS配置可以与BWP不存在绑定关系的,即该RS配置可以是通用(common)的,或者,该RS可以配置在某个特定的BWP上的,如配置在低频BWP上。BWP与RS之间可存在关联关系,终端设备可通过该关联关系测量与BWP关联的RS,从而对该BWP进行RLM。It should be noted that in some scenarios, the BWP groups in Schemes 2 and 3 may not have a configuration binding relationship, meaning there is no concept of a "group." In this case, it can be understood that multiple BWPs use the same/only one RS configuration, and the terminal device only needs to perform RLM measurements on that RS. In some scenarios, the RS configuration may not be bound to the BWP; that is, the RS configuration can be common, or the RS can be configured on a specific BWP, such as on a low-frequency BWP. A correlation may exist between the BWP and the RS, and the terminal device can use this correlation to measure the RS associated with the BWP, thereby performing RLM measurements on that BWP.

通过本申请实施例的技术方案,可将载波资源监测与小区解绑,也就是说,无线链路监测机制不与Pcell或PScell绑定,从而可实现更加灵活的载波资源监测与控制。The technical solution of this application embodiment can debind carrier resource monitoring from the cell, that is, the radio link monitoring mechanism is not bound to the Pcell or PScell, thereby enabling more flexible carrier resource monitoring and control.

以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细 节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of this application have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, this application is not limited to the specific details of the above embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of this application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solution of this application, and all such simple modifications fall within the protection scope of this application. For example, the various specific technical features described in the above specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable manner without contradiction. To avoid unnecessary repetition, this application will not describe the various possible combinations separately. Furthermore, various different embodiments of this application can also be arbitrarily combined, as long as they do not violate the spirit of this application, and they should also be considered as the content disclosed in this application. Moreover, without conflict, the various embodiments and/or the technical features in the various embodiments described in this application can be arbitrarily combined with the prior art, and the resulting technical solution should also fall within the protection scope of this application.

还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of this application, the sequence number of each process does not imply the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. Furthermore, in the embodiments of this application, the terms "downlink," "uplink," and "sidelink" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data. "Downlink" indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a first direction from the site to the user equipment in the cell; "uplink" indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a second direction from the user equipment in the cell to the site; and "sidelink" indicates that the transmission direction of signals or data is a third direction from user equipment 1 to user equipment 2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. Additionally, in the embodiments of this application, the term "and/or" is merely a description of the association relationship between related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent: A existing alone, A and B existing simultaneously, and B existing alone. Furthermore, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the preceding and following related objects have an "or" relationship.

基于前述的实施例,本申请实施例提供相应的无线链路监测装置。Based on the foregoing embodiments, this application provides a corresponding wireless link monitoring device.

图4是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测装置的结构组成示意图一,应用于终端设备,如图4所示,无线链路监测装置400(下文中简称为装置400)包括:Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a wireless link monitoring device provided in an embodiment of this application, which is applied to a terminal device. As shown in Figure 4, the wireless link monitoring device 400 (hereinafter referred to as device 400) includes:

第一通信单元401,被配置为接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,多个频率资源用于装置400与网络设备之间的通信;第一通信单元401,还被配置为在时频域位置上接收来自网设备的一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在多个频率资源中。The first communication unit 401 is configured to receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources, and the second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the device 400 and the network device. The first communication unit 401 is also configured to receive one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain position, wherein the reference signals associated with the first frequency resources and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.

在一些实施例中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定装置400在第一频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内,装置400在第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the device 400 has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold, and the number of times the device 400 has continuously lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration, are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:第一频率资源对应的频率范围;第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量;装置400在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the device 400 on the first frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF;第二判定条件由网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于网络设备发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.

在一些实施例中,第一信息包括第二判定条件的标识;第二信息包括以下一项或多项:各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围;各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术;第二判定条件的标识。In some embodiments, the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition; the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;装置400在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; and the access technology used by the device 400 on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第一通信单元401,还被配置为:在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,第三信息用于指示第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of an RLF occurring on the first frequency resource, send third information to the network device via the second frequency resource, wherein the third information is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein an RLF has not occurred on the second frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带, RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。In some embodiments, the third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE. RRC signaling or MAC CE is used to indicate that an RRF has occurred on one or more frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一通信单元401,还被配置为:在第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向网络设备发送第四信息,第四信息用于触发装置400与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of a first frequency resource RLF, if no available frequency resource exists, send fourth information to the network device, the fourth information being used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the device 400 and the network device.

在一些实施例中,第一频率资源为:网络设备指示的频率资源;或者,装置400当前使用的频率资源;或者,用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,装置400默认使用的频率资源;或者,装置400初始使用的频率资源;或者,包含参考信号的频率资源。In some embodiments, the first frequency resource is: a frequency resource indicated by the network device; or a frequency resource currently used by the device 400; or a frequency resource used for transmitting specific service data; or a frequency resource used by default by the device 400; or a frequency resource initially used by the device 400; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定装置400在多个频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内装置400在多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, the reference signal associated with multiple frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of multiple frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the device 400 has lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources; the second threshold, and the number of times the device 400 has continuously lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources within the first duration, are used to determine whether RLF has occurred on multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量;装置400在多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the device 400 on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF;第二判定条件由网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于网络设备发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device.

在一些实施例中,第一信息包括第二判定条件的标识;第二信息包括以下一项或多项:各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围;各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术;第二判定条件的标识。In some embodiments, the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition; the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括装置400在多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the device 400 on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一通信单元401,还被配置为:在多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向网络设备发送第三信息,第三信息用于指示多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: send third information to the network device via a second frequency resource in the event that multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF, wherein the third information is used to indicate that multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; wherein the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。In some embodiments, multiple frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and a second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group.

在一些实施例中,第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。In some embodiments, the third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.

在一些实施例中,第一通信单元401,还被配置为:在多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向网络设备发送第四信息,第四信息用于触发装置400与网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the first communication unit 401 is further configured to: in the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist, send fourth information to the network device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC (Recurrent Frequency Control) connection between the device 400 and the network device.

在一些实施例中,第二频率资源为:装置400已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,装置400已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者,装置400已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。In some embodiments, the second frequency resource is: any frequency resource configured by the device 400 that has not experienced an RLF; or, a specific frequency resource among the frequency resources configured by the device 400; or, a frequency resource configured by the device 400 whose signal quality meets specific conditions.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。In some embodiments, multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or multiple frequency resources are associated with network devices that share a common address.

在一些实施例中,频率资源为带宽部分BWP。In some embodiments, the frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP).

图5是本申请实施例提供的无线链路监测装置的结构组成示意图二,应用于网络设备,如图500所示,无线链路监测装置500(下文中简称为装置500)包括:Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the wireless link monitoring device provided in this application embodiment, which is applied to network equipment. As shown in Figure 500, the wireless link monitoring device 500 (hereinafter referred to as device 500) includes:

第二通信单元501,被配置为向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,第二配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,多个频率资源用于终端设备与装置500之间的通信;第二通信单元501,还被配置为在时频域位置上向终端设备发送一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,第一频率资源包含在多个频率资源中。The second communication unit 501 is configured to send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the device 500. The second communication unit 501 is also configured to send one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain position. The reference signals associated with the first frequency resource and the determination conditions are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource. The first frequency resource is included in the multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关 联的判定条件不同。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals. The conditions for determining a connection are different.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different.

在一些实施例中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定终端设备在第一频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内,终端设备在第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the first frequency resource includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; the second threshold, and the number of times the terminal device has continuously lost synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration, are used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:第一频率资源对应的频率范围;第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量;终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定第一频率资源是否发生RLF;第二判定条件由装置500发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于装置500发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether a first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device 500, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device 500.

在一些实施例中,第一信息包括第二判定条件的标识;第二信息包括以下一项或多项:各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围;各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术;第二判定条件的标识。In some embodiments, the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition; the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;终端设备在第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; and the access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第二通信单元501,还被配置为:接收来自终端设备的第三信息,第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,第三信息用于指示第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 501 is further configured to: receive third information from the terminal device, the third information being transmitted through the second frequency resource, the third information being used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource.

在一些实施例中,第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带,RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。In some embodiments, the third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF.

在一些实施例中,第二通信单元501,还被配置为:接收来自终端设备的第四信息,第四信息用于触发终端设备与装置500之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 501 is further configured to receive fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device 500.

在一些实施例中,第一频率资源为:装置500指示的频率资源;或者,终端设备当前使用的频率资源;或者,用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,终端设备默认使用的频率资源;或者,终端设备初始使用的频率资源;或者,包含参考信号的频率资源。In some embodiments, the first frequency resource is: a frequency resource indicated by device 500; or a frequency resource currently used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource used for transmitting specific service data; or a frequency resource used by default by the terminal device; or a frequency resource initially used by the terminal device; or a frequency resource containing a reference signal.

在一些实施例中,在多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, among multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,第一判定条件包括:第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;第一阈值,以及对第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定终端设备在多个频率资源上是否出现失步;第二阈值,以及在第一时长内终端设备在多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF。In some embodiments, the reference signal associated with multiple frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of multiple frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: a first threshold, a second threshold, and a first duration; the first threshold, and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources; the second threshold, and the number of times the terminal device has continuously lost synchronization on multiple frequency resources within the first duration, are used to determine whether RLF has occurred on multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量;终端设备在多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of reference signals associated with the plurality of frequency resources; the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources; and the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;在第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定多个频率资源是否发生RLF;第二判定条件由装置500发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于装置500发送的第二信息确定。In some embodiments, the number of first determination conditions is one or more; when the number of first determination conditions is multiple, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device 500, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device 500.

在一些实施例中,第一信息包括第二判定条件的标识;第二信息包括以下一项或多项:各个第一判定条件对应的频率范围;各个第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;各个第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;各个第一判定条件对应的接入技术;第二判定条件的标识。In some embodiments, the first information includes an identifier of a second determination condition; the second information includes one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of reference signals corresponding to each first determination condition; the characteristics of the service data corresponding to each first determination condition; the number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each first determination condition; the access technology corresponding to each first determination condition; and the identifier of the second determination condition.

在一些实施例中,第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;第二判定条件 对应的业务数据的特征,包括多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;当前可用的频率资源的数量与第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括终端设备在多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。In some embodiments, the second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: the frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; the number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; the second determination condition The characteristics of the corresponding service data include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the multiple frequency resources; the number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the multiple frequency resources.

在一些实施例中,第二通信单元501,还被配置为:接收来自终端设备的第三信息,第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,第三信息用于指示多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,第二频率资源未发生RLF。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 501 is further configured to: receive third information from the terminal device, the third information being transmitted through the second frequency resource, the third information being used to indicate that multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced RLF.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。In some embodiments, multiple frequency resources belong to a first frequency resource group, and a second frequency resource belongs to a second frequency resource group.

在一些实施例中,第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。In some embodiments, the third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE.

在一些实施例中,第二通信单元501,还被配置为:接收来自终端设备的第四信息,第四信息用于触发终端设备与装置500之间的RRC连接重建。In some embodiments, the second communication unit 501 is further configured to receive fourth information from the terminal device, the fourth information being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device 500.

在一些实施例中,第二频率资源为:终端设备已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,终端设备已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者,终端设备已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。In some embodiments, the second frequency resource is: any frequency resource configured by the terminal device that has not experienced an RLF; or a specific frequency resource among the frequency resources configured by the terminal device; or a frequency resource configured by the terminal device whose signal quality meets specific conditions.

在一些实施例中,多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。In some embodiments, multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or multiple frequency resources are associated with network devices that share a common address.

在一些实施例中,频率资源为带宽部分BWP。In some embodiments, the frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP).

本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述无线链路监测装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的无线链路监测方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the description of the wireless link monitoring device in the embodiments of this application can be understood with reference to the description of the wireless link monitoring method in the embodiments of this application.

图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图。该通信设备可以是终端设备,也可以是网络设备。图6所示的通信设备600包括处理器610,处理器610可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application. This communication device can be a terminal device or a network device. The communication device 600 shown in Figure 6 includes a processor 610, which can call and run computer programs from memory to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.

可选地,如图6所示,通信设备600还可以包括存储器620。其中,处理器610可以从存储器620中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG6, the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620. The processor 610 may retrieve and run computer programs from the memory 620 to implement the methods described in the embodiments of this application.

其中,存储器620可以是独立于处理器610的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。The memory 620 can be a separate device independent of the processor 610, or it can be integrated into the processor 610.

可选地,如图6所示,通信设备600还可以包括收发器630,处理器610可以控制该收发器630与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in FIG6, the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it may send information or data to other devices or receive information or data sent by other devices.

其中,收发器630可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器630还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。The transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.

可选地,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的终端设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may specifically be a terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

可选地,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may specifically be a network device in the embodiments of this application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

图7是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图7所示的芯片700包括处理器710,处理器710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of this application. The chip 700 shown in Figure 7 includes a processor 710, which can call and run computer programs from memory to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.

可选地,如图7所示,芯片700还可以包括存储器720。其中,处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG7, the chip 700 may further include a memory 720. The processor 710 can retrieve and run computer programs from the memory 720 to implement the methods in the embodiments of this application.

其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。The memory 720 can be a separate device independent of the processor 710, or it can be integrated into the processor 710.

可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输入接口730。其中,处理器710可以控制该输入接口730与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730. The processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips; specifically, it can acquire information or data sent by other devices or chips.

可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输出接口740。其中,处理器710可以控制该输出接口740与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740. The processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, to output information or data to other devices or chips.

可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a system-on-a-chip, system chip, chip system, or system-on-a-chip, etc.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有一个或者多个程序,所述一个或者多个程序可被一个或者多个处理器执行,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。This application also provides a computer storage medium storing one or more programs, which can be executed by one or more processors to implement the methods in this application.

图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统800的示意性框图。如图8所示,该通信系统800包括终端设备810和网络设备820。Figure 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 800 provided in an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 8, the communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820.

其中,该终端设备810可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备820可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The terminal device 810 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 820 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For the sake of brevity, they will not be described in detail here.

应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中, 上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in this application embodiment may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During implementation, Each step of the above method embodiments can be implemented by integrated logic circuits in the processor hardware or by instructions in software form. The processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components. It can implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of this application. The general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of this application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules can reside in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, or other mature storage media in the art. This storage medium is located in memory; the processor reads information from the memory and, in conjunction with its hardware, completes the steps of the above method.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It is understood that the memory in the embodiments of this application can be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or flash memory. The volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), Double Data Rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), Enhanced Synchronous DRAM (ESDRAM), Synchlink DRAM (SLDRAM), and Direct Rambus RAM (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory used in the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(doubledata rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-described memory is exemplary and not a limiting description. For example, the memory in the embodiments of this application may also be static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct memory bus RAM (DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiments of this application is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.

可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。This application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.

可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be described in detail here.

可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be described in detail here.

本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。This application also provides a computer program.

可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of this application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of this application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of this application. For the sake of brevity, it will not be described in detail here.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art will recognize that the units and algorithm steps of the various examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are implemented in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art will understand that, for the sake of convenience and brevity, the specific working processes of the systems, devices, and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以 是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, apparatuses, and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are merely illustrative; for instance, the division of units is only a logical functional division, and in actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not executed. Furthermore, the couplings or direct couplings or communication connections shown or discussed may be... It is an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate. The components shown as units may or may not be physical units; that is, they may be located in one place or distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected to achieve the purpose of this embodiment according to actual needs.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of this application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the aforementioned functions are implemented as software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application, in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art, or a portion of the technical solution, can be embodied in the form of a software product. This computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage medium includes various media capable of storing program code, such as USB flash drives, portable hard drives, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disks, or optical disks.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above description is merely a specific embodiment of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited thereto. Any variations or substitutions that can be easily conceived by those skilled in the art within the scope of the technology disclosed in this application should be included within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of this application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (103)

一种无线链路监测方法,应用于终端设备,所述方法包括:A wireless link monitoring method, applied to a terminal device, the method comprising: 接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,所述多个频率资源用于所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的通信;The terminal device receives first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device. 在所述时频域位置上接收来自所述网设备的所述一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一频率资源包含在所述多个频率资源中。The network device receives one or more reference signals at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,According to the method of claim 1, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,According to the method of claim 1, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein, 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource. 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内,所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the terminal device continuously loses synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF (Restricted Step Failure) has occurred on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 4, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Characteristics of service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 6, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述 第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the above conditions. The second judgment condition corresponds to the range of available frequency resources; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。In the event of an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure) on the first frequency resource, a third message is sent to the network device via the second frequency resource, the third message indicating that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 9, wherein, 所述第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带,所述RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。The third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向所述网络设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。If an RLF occurs on the first frequency resource and no available frequency resource exists, a fourth message is sent to the network device. The fourth message is used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein, 所述第一频率资源为:The first frequency resource is: 所述网络设备指示的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources indicated by the network device; or... 所述终端设备当前使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources currently used by the terminal device; or... 用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,Frequency resources used for transmitting specific service data; or 所述终端设备默认使用的频率资源;或者,The terminal device uses frequency resources by default; or... 所述终端设备初始使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources initially used by the terminal device; or... 包含参考信号的频率资源。Frequency resources including reference signals. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,According to the method of claim 1, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。Among the multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 13, wherein, 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources; 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the terminal device continuously loses synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF occurs on the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 14, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Features of service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The terminal device uses the access technology on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 16, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其中, The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。In the event that an RLF occurs on the multiple frequency resources, a third message is sent to the network device via a second frequency resource, the third message indicating that an RLF has occurred on the multiple frequency resources; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 19, wherein, 所述多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,所述第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。The multiple frequency resources belong to the first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to the second frequency resource group. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein, 所述第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。The third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向所述网络设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist, a fourth message is sent to the network device. This fourth message is used to trigger the re-establishment of the RRC (Recurrent Frequency Control) connection between the terminal device and the network device. 根据权利要求9、10、19至21中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 9, 10, 19 to 21, wherein, 所述第二频率资源为:The second frequency resource is: 所述终端设备已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,The terminal device has been configured with any frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF; or, 所述终端设备已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者,A specific frequency resource from the frequency resources already configured in the terminal device; or... 所述终端设备已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。The terminal device has been configured with frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein, 所述多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,所述多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。The multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the multiple frequency resources are co-located. 根据权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein, 所述频率资源为带宽部分BWP。The frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP). 一种无线链路监测方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:A wireless link monitoring method, applied to a network device, the method comprising: 向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,所述多个频率资源用于所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的通信;Send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the network device. 在所述时频域位置上向所述终端设备发送所述一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一频率资源包含在所述多个频率资源中。The one or more reference signals are sent to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 26, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 26, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求27或28所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 27 or 28, wherein, 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource. 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内,所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the terminal device continuously loses synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF (Restricted Step Failure) has occurred on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中, The method according to claim 29, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Characteristics of service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 31, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 31 or 32, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition. 根据权利要求26至33中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 33, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息,所述第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。The terminal device receives third information, which is transmitted via a second frequency resource, and the third information is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 34, wherein, 所述第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带,所述RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。The third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求26至33中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 33, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述终端设备的第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。The terminal device receives a fourth message, which is used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. 根据权利要求26至36中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 26 to 36, wherein, 所述第一频率资源为:The first frequency resource is: 所述网络设备指示的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources indicated by the network device; or... 所述终端设备当前使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources currently used by the terminal device; or... 用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,Frequency resources used for transmitting specific service data; or 所述终端设备默认使用的频率资源;或者,The terminal device uses frequency resources by default; or... 所述终端设备初始使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources initially used by the terminal device; or... 包含参考信号的频率资源。Frequency resources including reference signals. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 26, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。Among the multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 38, wherein, 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括: The reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources; 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the terminal device continuously loses synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF occurs on the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 39, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Features of service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The terminal device uses the access technology on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 41, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求41或42所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 41 or 42, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the multiple frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求38至43中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 38 to 43, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息,所述第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,所述第三信息用于指示所述多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。The terminal device receives third information, which is transmitted through a second frequency resource, and the third information is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the plurality of frequency resources; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 44, wherein, 所述多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,所述第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。The multiple frequency resources belong to the first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to the second frequency resource group. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 44 or 45, wherein, 所述第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。The third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE. 根据权利要求38至43中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 38 to 43, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述终端设备的第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。The terminal device receives a fourth message, which is used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the network device. 根据权利要求34、35、44至46中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 34, 35, 44 to 46, wherein, 所述第二频率资源为:The second frequency resource is: 所述终端设备已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,The terminal device has been configured with any frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF; or, 所述终端设备已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者, A specific frequency resource from the frequency resources already configured in the terminal device; or... 所述终端设备已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。The terminal device has been configured with frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions. 根据权利要求26至48中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 26 to 48, wherein, 所述多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,所述多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。The multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the multiple frequency resources are co-located. 根据权利要求26至49中任一项所述的方法,其中,The method according to any one of claims 26 to 49, wherein, 所述频率资源为带宽部分BWP。The frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP). 一种无线链路监测装置,所述装置包括:A wireless link monitoring device, the device comprising: 第一通信单元,被配置为接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息和第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,所述多个频率资源用于所述装置与所述网络设备之间的通信;The first communication unit is configured to receive first configuration information and second configuration information from a network device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the device and the network device. 所述第一通信单元,还被配置为在所述时频域位置上接收来自所述网设备的所述一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一频率资源包含在所述多个频率资源中。The first communication unit is further configured to receive one or more reference signals from the network device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求52或53所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 52 or 53, wherein, 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述装置在所述第一频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource; 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内,所述装置在所述第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the device continuously loses synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF (Restricted Step Failure) has occurred on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求54所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 54, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Characteristics of service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述装置在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology used by the device on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求54或55所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 54 or 55, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 56, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求56或57所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 56 or 57, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内; The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述装置在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。The access technology used by the device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition. 根据权利要求51至58中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 58, wherein the first communication unit is further configured to: 在所述第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。In the event of an RLF (Restricted Frequency Failure) on the first frequency resource, a third message is sent to the network device via the second frequency resource, the third message indicating that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 59, wherein, 所述第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带,所述RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。The third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求51至58中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 58, wherein the first communication unit is further configured to: 在所述第一频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向所述网络设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述装置与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。If an RLF occurs on the first frequency resource and no available frequency resource exists, a fourth message is sent to the network device. The fourth message is used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the device and the network device. 根据权利要求51至61中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 61, wherein, 所述第一频率资源为:The first frequency resource is: 所述网络设备指示的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources indicated by the network device; or... 所述装置当前使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources currently used by the device; or, 用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,Frequency resources used for transmitting specific service data; or 所述装置默认使用的频率资源;或者,The device uses the frequency resources by default; or... 所述装置初始使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources initially used by the device; or... 包含参考信号的频率资源。Frequency resources including reference signals. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。Among the multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF. 根据权利要求63所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 63, wherein, 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述装置在所述多个频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the device loses synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources; 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内所述装置在所述多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold, and the number of times the device continuously loses synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources within the first duration, are used to determine whether an RLF occurs on the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求64所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 64, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Features of service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述装置在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology used by the device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求64或65所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 64 or 65, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述网络设备发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述网络设备发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the network device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the network device. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术; The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求66或67所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 66 or 67, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括所述装置在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求63至68中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 63 to 68, wherein the first communication unit is further configured to: 在所述多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,通过第二频率资源向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示所述多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。In the event that an RLF occurs on the multiple frequency resources, a third message is sent to the network device via a second frequency resource, the third message indicating that an RLF has occurred on the multiple frequency resources; wherein, the second frequency resource has not experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求69所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 69, wherein, 所述多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,所述第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。The multiple frequency resources belong to the first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to the second frequency resource group. 根据权利要求69或70所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 69 or 70, wherein, 所述第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。The third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE. 根据权利要求63至68中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第一通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 63 to 68, wherein the first communication unit is further configured to: 在所述多个频率资源发生RLF的情况下,若不存在可用的频率资源,则向所述网络设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述装置与所述网络设备之间的RRC连接重建。In the event of an RLF (Recurrent Frequency Failure) occurring on multiple frequency resources, if no available frequency resources exist, a fourth message is sent to the network device. This fourth message is used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC (Recurrent Frequency Control) connection between the device and the network device. 根据权利要求59、60、69至71所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claims 59, 60, 69 to 71, wherein, 所述第二频率资源为:The second frequency resource is: 所述装置已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,The device has been configured with any frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF; or, 所述装置已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者,The device has a specific frequency resource among its configured frequency resources; or... 所述装置已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。The device has been configured with frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions. 根据权利要求51至73中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 73, wherein, 所述多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,所述多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。The multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the multiple frequency resources are co-located. 根据权利要求51至74中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 51 to 74, wherein, 所述频率资源为带宽部分BWP。The frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP). 一种无线链路监测装置,所述装置包括:A wireless link monitoring device, the device comprising: 第二通信单元,被配置为向终端设备发送第一配置信息和第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置多个频率资源关联的一个或多个参考信号的时频域位置,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述多个频率资源关联的一个或多个判定条件,所述多个频率资源用于所述终端设备与所述装置之间的通信;The second communication unit is configured to send first configuration information and second configuration information to the terminal device. The first configuration information is used to configure the time-frequency domain position of one or more reference signals associated with multiple frequency resources. The second configuration information is used to configure one or more determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources. The multiple frequency resources are used for communication between the terminal device and the device. 所述第二通信单元,还被配置为在所述时频域位置上向所述终端设备发送所述一个或多个参考信号,其中,第一频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一频率资源包含在所述多个频率资源中。The second communication unit is further configured to send the one or more reference signals to the terminal device at the time-frequency domain location, wherein the reference signal associated with the first frequency resource and the determination condition are used to determine whether a radio link failure (RLF) has occurred on the first frequency resource, and the first frequency resource is included in the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号不同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with different reference signals, and the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,不同的频率资源关联的判定条件不同。Among the multiple frequency resources, different frequency resources are associated with the same reference signal, but the determination conditions for association between different frequency resources are different. 根据权利要求77或78所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 77 or 78, wherein, 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述第一频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the first frequency resource includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the first frequency resource association includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the first frequency resource. 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内,所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上连续出现失步的次数, 用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold, and the number of times the terminal device consecutively loses synchronization on the first frequency resource within the first duration. Used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求79所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 79, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Characteristics of service data transmitted on the first frequency resource; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource. 根据权利要求79或80所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 79 or 80, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述第一频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述装置发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述装置发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the first frequency resource has experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device. 根据权利要求81所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 81, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求81或82所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 81 or 82, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述第一频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to the first frequency resource is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the first frequency resource is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第一频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征与所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征一致;The characteristics of the service data transmitted on the first frequency resource are consistent with the characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述终端设备在所述第一频率资源上所使用的接入技术,与所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术一致。The access technology used by the terminal device on the first frequency resource is consistent with the access technology corresponding to the second determination condition. 根据权利要求76至83中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第二通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 76 to 83, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to: 接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息,所述第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,所述第三信息用于指示所述第一频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。The terminal device receives third information, which is transmitted via a second frequency resource, and the third information is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the first frequency resource; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求84所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 84, wherein, 所述第三信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令或媒体接入控制控制单元MAC CE携带,所述RRC信令或MAC CE用于指示一个或多个频率资源发生RLF。The third information is carried via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) CE, which is used to indicate that one or more frequency resources have experienced an RLF. 根据权利要求76至83中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第二通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 76 to 83, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to: 接收来自所述终端设备的第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述装置之间的RRC连接重建。The device receives a fourth message from the terminal device, the fourth message being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device. 根据权利要求76至86中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 76 to 86, wherein, 所述第一频率资源为:The first frequency resource is: 所述装置指示的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources indicated by the device; or... 所述终端设备当前使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources currently used by the terminal device; or... 用于传输特定业务数据的频率资源;或者,Frequency resources used for transmitting specific service data; or 所述终端设备默认使用的频率资源;或者,The terminal device uses frequency resources by default; or... 所述终端设备初始使用的频率资源;或者,The frequency resources initially used by the terminal device; or... 包含参考信号的频率资源。Frequency resources including reference signals. 根据权利要求76所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 76, wherein, 在所述多个频率资源中,不同的频率资源关联的参考信号相同,且不同的频率资源关联的判定条件相同;所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号和判定条件,用于确定所述所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。Among the multiple frequency resources, the reference signals associated with different frequency resources are the same, and the determination conditions for the association of different frequency resources are the same; the reference signals and determination conditions associated with the multiple frequency resources are used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced RLF. 根据权利要求88所述的装置,其中, The apparatus according to claim 88, wherein, 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号包括第一参考信号,所述多个频率资源关联的判定条件包括第一判定条件,所述第一判定条件包括:The reference signal associated with the plurality of frequency resources includes a first reference signal, and the determination condition for the association of the plurality of frequency resources includes a first determination condition, which includes: 第一阈值、第二阈值和第一时长;First threshold, second threshold, and first duration; 所述第一阈值,以及对所述第一参考信号进行测量得到的测量结果,用于确定所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上是否出现失步;The first threshold and the measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal are used to determine whether the terminal device has lost synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources; 所述第二阈值,以及在所述第一时长内所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源上连续出现失步的次数,用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF。The second threshold and the number of times the terminal device continuously loses synchronization on the plurality of frequency resources within the first duration are used to determine whether an RLF occurs on the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求89所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 89, wherein, 所述第一判定条件与以下一项或多项相关:The first determination condition is related to one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources; 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;Features of service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量;The number of frequency resources currently available; 所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The terminal device uses the access technology on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求89或90所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 89 or 90, wherein, 所述第一判定条件的数量为一个或多个;The number of the first determination conditions is one or more; 在所述第一判定条件的数量为多个的情况下,多个所述第一判定条件中的第二判定条件用于确定所述多个频率资源是否发生RLF;所述第二判定条件由所述装置发送的第一信息指示,和/或,基于所述装置发送的第二信息确定。When there are multiple first determination conditions, a second determination condition among the multiple first determination conditions is used to determine whether the multiple frequency resources have experienced an RLF; the second determination condition is indicated by the first information sent by the device, and/or determined based on the second information sent by the device. 根据权利要求91所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 91, wherein, 所述第一信息包括所述第二判定条件的标识;The first information includes the identifier of the second determination condition; 所述第二信息包括以下一项或多项:The second information includes one or more of the following: 各个所述第一判定条件对应的频率范围;The frequency range corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的参考信号的数量或数量区间;The number or range of reference signals corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the business data corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量或数量区间;The number or range of available frequency resources corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 各个所述第一判定条件对应的接入技术;The access technology corresponding to each of the first determination conditions; 所述第二判定条件的标识。The identifier of the second determination condition. 根据权利要求91或92所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 91 or 92, wherein, 所述第二判定条件满足以下一项或多项:The second determination condition satisfies one or more of the following: 所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源对应的频率范围包含在所述第二判定条件对应的频率范围之内;The frequency range corresponding to at least one of the plurality of frequency resources is included within the frequency range corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述多个频率资源关联的参考信号的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的参考信号的数量区间内;The number of reference signals associated with the multiple frequency resources is the same as the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of reference signals corresponding to the second determination condition. 所述第二判定条件对应的业务数据的特征,包括所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上传输的业务数据的特征;The characteristics of the service data corresponding to the second determination condition include the characteristics of the service data transmitted on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources; 当前可用的频率资源的数量与所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量相同,或者,落在所述第二判定条件对应的可用频率资源的数量区间内;The number of currently available frequency resources is the same as the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition, or falls within the range of the number of available frequency resources corresponding to the second determination condition; 所述第二判定条件对应的接入技术,包括所述终端设备在所述多个频率资源中的至少一个频率资源上所使用的接入技术。The access technology corresponding to the second determination condition includes the access technology used by the terminal device on at least one of the plurality of frequency resources. 根据权利要求88至93中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第二通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 88 to 93, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to: 接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息,所述第三信息通过第二频率资源传输,所述第三信息用于指示所述多个频率资源发生RLF;其中,所述第二频率资源未发生RLF。The terminal device receives third information, which is transmitted through a second frequency resource and is used to indicate that an RLF has occurred on the plurality of frequency resources; wherein, no RLF has occurred on the second frequency resource. 根据权利要求94所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 94, wherein, 所述多个频率资源属于第一频率资源组,所述第二频率资源属于第二频率资源组。The multiple frequency resources belong to the first frequency resource group, and the second frequency resource belongs to the second frequency resource group. 根据权利要求94或95所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claim 94 or 95, wherein, 所述第三信息通过RRC信令或MAC CE携带。The third information is carried via RRC signaling or MAC CE. 根据权利要求88至93中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述第二通信单元,还被配置为:The apparatus according to any one of claims 88 to 93, wherein the second communication unit is further configured to: 接收来自所述终端设备的第四信息,所述第四信息用于触发所述终端设备与所述装置之间的RRC连接重建。The device receives a fourth message from the terminal device, the fourth message being used to trigger the reconstruction of the RRC connection between the terminal device and the device. 根据权利要求84、85、94至96所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to claims 84, 85, 94 to 96, wherein, 所述第二频率资源为: The second frequency resource is: 所述终端设备已配置的任意一个未发生RLF的频率资源;或者,The terminal device has been configured with any frequency resource that has not experienced an RLF; or, 所述终端设备已配置的频率资源中的特定频率资源;或者,A specific frequency resource from the frequency resources already configured in the terminal device; or... 所述终端设备已配置的信号质量满足特定条件的频率资源。The terminal device has been configured with frequency resources whose signal quality meets specific conditions. 根据权利要求76至98中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 76 to 98, wherein, 所述多个频率资源位于一段连续的频段内,或者,所述多个频率资源关联的网络设备共址。The multiple frequency resources are located within a continuous frequency band, or the network devices associated with the multiple frequency resources are co-located. 根据权利要求76至99中任一项所述的装置,其中,The apparatus according to any one of claims 76 to 99, wherein, 所述频率资源为带宽部分BWP。The frequency resource is the bandwidth portion (BWP). 一种通信设备,所述通信设备包括:A communication device, the communication device comprising: 存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs; 处理器,与所述存储器连接,用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,实现如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求26至50中任一项所述的方法;A processor, connected to the memory, is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 25, or the method as described in any one of claims 26 to 50; 收发器,用于在与其他设备之间进行收发信息过程中,信息的接收和发送。A transceiver is used to receive and send information when exchanging information with other devices. 一种芯片,所述芯片包括:A chip, the chip comprising: 处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求26至50中任一项所述的方法;A processor for retrieving and running a computer program from memory, causing a device having the chip mounted to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 25, or the method as claimed in any one of claims 26 to 50; 收发器,用于在与设备或芯片之间进行收发信息过程中,信息的接收和发送。A transceiver is used to receive and send information during the exchange of information with a device or chip. 一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至25中任一项所述的方法,或者权利要求26至50中任一项所述的方法。 A non-volatile computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that causes a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 25, or the method as claimed in any one of claims 26 to 50.
PCT/CN2024/093458 2024-05-15 2024-05-15 Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium Pending WO2025236212A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/093458 WO2025236212A1 (en) 2024-05-15 2024-05-15 Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/093458 WO2025236212A1 (en) 2024-05-15 2024-05-15 Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025236212A1 true WO2025236212A1 (en) 2025-11-20

Family

ID=97719122

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/093458 Pending WO2025236212A1 (en) 2024-05-15 2024-05-15 Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025236212A1 (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11825503B2 (en) Channel quality indicator reporting
CN114337972B (en) Method and terminal device for transmitting data
US20220182899A1 (en) Pucch transmission method, user equipment, and network device
CN111148242B (en) Information transmission method and device
US20220264393A1 (en) Cell configuration method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
US11330506B2 (en) Method and apparatus for multiple bandwidth parts operation in mobile communications
BR112020017277A2 (en) WIRELESS TRANSMISSION / RECEPTION UNIT, AND, METHOD PERFORMED BY A WIRELESS TRANSMISSION / RECEPTION UNIT
EP4055913B1 (en) Method and apparatus of scell beam failure recovery
JP2022538211A (en) BWP management method and device, terminal
JP7107428B2 (en) Downlink signal monitoring method, transmission method, parameter configuration method and apparatus
US20230139655A1 (en) Method and device for beam failure recovery, user equipment
CN110831237B (en) Method and communication device for transmitting and receiving random access preamble
US11910369B2 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal device and network device
US20240049205A1 (en) Channel transmission method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
CN111436085B (en) Communication method and device
CN114071535A (en) Communication method and device
US20230138282A1 (en) Method and device for beam failure recovery
JP2022528626A (en) Beam failure recovery method, equipment and communication system
WO2021143283A1 (en) Method for performing signal transmission and reception in measurement gap, network element device, and readable storage medium
US20240031092A1 (en) Terminal device and network device
WO2022061733A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
CN115150968B (en) Random access method, device, apparatus and storage medium
CN112567843B (en) Processing method and device for link recovery process and terminal
WO2025236212A1 (en) Radio link monitoring method and apparatus, and device, chip and storage medium
US20240188029A1 (en) Reference signal transmission position indication determining method and apparatus